Table of Contents

 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2011
Securities Act Registration No. 333-176661
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-22606
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form N-2
 
þ Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
þ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3
o Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
þ Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
þ Amendment No. 3
 
 
 
 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
 
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(800) 882-0052
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
John Perlowski, President
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
55 East 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10055
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Thomas A. DeCapo, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Beacon Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
  Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
 
 
 
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                         
              Proposed Maximum
      Proposed Maximum
      Amount of
 
Title of Securities
    Amount Being
      Offering
      Aggregate
      Registration
 
Being Registered     Registered       Price per Unit       Offering Price       Fee  
Common Shares, $0.001 par value
      18,750,000       $ 20.00       $ 375,000,000 (1)     $ 42,975 (2)
                                         
 
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2) Includes fee of $116.10 previously paid in connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
 
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus Dated November 21, 2011
PROSPECTUS
 
(BLACKROCK LOGO)
          Shares
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
 
Common Shares
$20.00 per share
 
 
 
 
Investment Objective. BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and investors could lose some or all of their investment.
 
Investment Strategy. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments (as defined below) anywhere in the world and by utilizing an option strategy in an effort to enhance current gains.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments. The Trust considers the “Utilities” business segment to include products, technologies and services connected to the management, ownership, operation, construction, development or financing of facilities used to generate, transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or telecommunications and the “Infrastructure” business segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure assets (as described herein) or that are involved in the development, construction, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets.
 
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts, exchange-traded funds, equity interests in real estate investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). The Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments and debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, which are commonly known as “junk bonds.”
 
As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing (selling) covered put options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling) covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Trust’s shareholders.
 
No Prior History. The Trust’s common shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which could be significant. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering.
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BUI.”
 
Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks that are described in the “Risks” section beginning on page 28 of this prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary — Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 6.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    Per Share     Total(1)  
 
Public offering price
    $20.00     $             
Sales load(2)
    $0.90     $             
Estimated offering expenses
    $0.04     $             
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust(3)(4)
    $19.06     $             
(notes on inside front cover)  
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about          , 2011.
 
 
 
 
                 
Morgan Stanley
  Citigroup   BofA Merrill Lynch   UBS Investment Bank   Wells Fargo Securities
 
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. RBC Capital Markets
 
BB&T Capital Markets Chardan Capital Markets, LLC J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC Janney Montgomery Scott
 
Knight Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. Maxim Group LLC Wedbush Securities Inc. Wunderlich Securities
 
 
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          .


Table of Contents

(notes from previous page)
 
 
(1) The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust will be $     , $     , $      and $     , respectively. See “Underwriters.”
(2) BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring and syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and structuring fees to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. Because these fees are paid by BlackRock Advisors, they are not reflected under sales load in the table above. BlackRock Advisors and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) also may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares. See “Underwriters — Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Advisor.”
(3) BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) to the extent that organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per common share. The Trust will pay organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to $0.04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement of BlackRock Advisors’ expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be $      or $      per common share. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be          or $      per common share. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by BlackRock Advisors on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be $      or $      per common share.
(4) The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering.
 
(continued from previous page)
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors. The Trust’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”) and the Trust’s sub-advisors are BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the “Sub-Advisors”). We sometimes refer to the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors collectively as the “Advisors.”
 
You should read this prospectus, which sets forth information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated          , 2011 (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the SAI on page 61 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI by calling (800) 882-0052 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. The Trust does not post a copy of the SAI on its website because the Trust’s common shares are not continuously offered, which means the SAI will not be updated after completion of this offering and the information contained in the SAI will become outdated. In addition, you may request copies of the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports or other information about the Trust or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 882-0052. The Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports, when produced, will be available at the Trust’s website (http://www.blackrock.com) free of charge.
 
You should not construe the contents of this prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Trust.
 
The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    1  
    17  
    18  
    18  
    18  
    28  
    43  
    44  
    46  
    47  
    48  
    50  
    51  
    52  
    53  
    53  
    55  
    59  
    59  
    59  
    61  
  EX-99.G.1
  EX-99.G.2
  EX-99.G.3
  EX-99.H.1
  EX-99.H.2
  EX-99.H.3
  EX-99.H.4
  EX-99.H.5
  EX-99.H.6
  EX-99.H.7
  EX-99.H.8
  EX-99.H.9
  EX-99.H.10
  EX-99.J.1
  EX-99.J.2
  EX-99.K.1
  EX-99.K.2
  EX-99.L
  EX-99.N
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of the information that is described more fully elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the SAI.
 
The Trust BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. Throughout the prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust simply as the “Trust” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Trust.”
 
The Offering The Trust is offering           common shares of beneficial interest at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The common shares of beneficial interest are called “common shares” in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 common shares ($2,000) in order to participate in this offering. The Trust has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional common shares to cover overallotments. BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”), the Trust’s investment advisor, has agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per common share. See “Underwriters.”
 
Investment Objective The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and investors could lose some or all of their investment.
 
Investment Policies The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments (as defined below) anywhere in the world and by utilizing an option strategy in an effort to enhance current gains.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments. The Trust considers the “Utilities” business segment to include products, technologies and services connected to the management, ownership operation, construction, development or financing of facilities used to generate, transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or telecommunications and the “Infrastructure” business segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure assets or that are involved in the development, construction, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets (as described herein).
 
For purposes of the 80% policy above, a company is considered to be engaged in these business segments if: (i) at least 50% of its assets, income, sales or profits are committed to or derived from one or both of the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments; or (ii) a third party classification has given the company an industry or sector classification consistent with the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments.


1


Table of Contents

 
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), equity interests in real estate investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). The Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments and debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, which are commonly known as “junk bonds.”
 
Companies engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to or involved with:
 
• the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric energy;
 
• the distribution, purification and treatment of water;
 
• the production, transmission or distribution of natural resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural gas and coal;
 
• the provision of communications services, including cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless transmission towers and broadband television cable);
 
• the management, ownership or operation of infrastructure assets; or
 
• the construction, development, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets.
 
The Trust generally considers “infrastructure assets” to consist of those assets which provide the underlying foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon which the growth and development of a community depends, including physical structures, networks and systems of transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.
 
Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:
 
• Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies and are regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges imposed. Examples include certain power and gas transmission, generation and distribution assets and water and waste-water distribution and treatment facilities.
 
• Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for their main revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges, tunnels, airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.
 
• Assets that provide basic social services to the community. Examples include schools, hospitals and correction facilities.
 
• Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a product or service and are therefore exposed to market risks. Examples include certain solid waste disposal facilities and certain communication asset


2


Table of Contents

classes, including communications towers, satellites and transmission lines.
 
• Other types of infrastructure assets include assets related to the development and distribution of coal, steel and iron ore, gold and other precious metals, building materials, agricultural commodities and food and the gathering, treating, processing, fractionation, transportation and storage of hydrocarbon products.
 
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities.
 
Option Writing Strategy .  As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered (as described herein) call options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing (selling) covered (as described herein) put options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling) covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Trust’s shareholders.
 
As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the Trust will lose money to the extent that it writes call options that are not covered by securities in its portfolio and the securities or index on which it writes the option appreciates above the exercise price of the option by an amount that exceeds the exercise price of the option. A substantial portion of the options written by the Trust may be over-the-counter options (“OTC options”).
 
A call option written by the Trust on a security is “covered” if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”)) in such amount are segregated by the Trust’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described above.
 
A put option written by the Trust on a security is “covered” if the Trust segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures established by the Board) equal to the exercise price. A put option is also “covered” if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described above.


3


Table of Contents

 
An index or sector option is considered “covered” if the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures established by the Board) in an amount equal to the contract value of the applicable basket of securities. An index or sector put option also is “covered” if the Trust holds a put on the same basket of securities as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described above. An index or sector call option also is “covered” if the Trust holds a call on the same basket of securities as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid. Because index and sector options both refer to options on baskets of securities and generally have similar characteristics, we refer to these types of options collectively as “index” options.
 
The Trust generally intends to write covered put and call options, the notional amount of which will be approximately 30% to 40% of the Trust’s total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates initially writing covered put and call options, the notional amount of which will be approximately 33% of the Trust’s total assets. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The number of covered put and call options on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock.
 
In connection with its option writing strategy, the Trust will not write “naked” or uncovered put and call options, other than those that are “covered” by the segregation of liquid assets as described above. Furthermore, the Trust’s exchange-listed option transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class that may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisor. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
 
Other Strategies .  In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust may engage in strategic transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. See “The Trust’s Investments —


4


Table of Contents

Portfolio Composition and Other Information — Strategic Transactions.” The Trust may also engage in short sales of securities. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI and “Other Investment Policies and Techniques — Short Sales” in the SAI for information about the limitations applicable to the Trust’s short sale activities.
 
The Trust may lend securities with a value of up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government as collateral.
 
Under current market conditions, the Trust does not currently intend to engage in short sales, utilize leverage or issue preferred shares.
 
No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and investors could lose some or all of their investment. See “The Trust’s Investments.”
 
For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective, see “Risks.”
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors BlackRock Advisors will be the Trust’s investment advisor and BlackRock Advisors’ affiliates, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the “Sub-Advisors”), will be the Trust’s sub-advisors. Throughout the prospectus, we sometimes refer to BlackRock Advisors and the Sub-Advisors collectively as the “Advisors.” BlackRock Advisors will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in a maximum amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor equal to 51% of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors with respect to the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor. See “Management of the Trust — Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors.”
 
Distributions Commencing with the Trust’s initial dividend, the Trust intends to distribute quarterly all or a portion of its net investment income to holders of common shares. We expect to declare the initial quarterly dividend on the Trust’s common shares approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial quarterly dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and the Trust’s use of options and hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable quarterly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s net asset value (“NAV”) (and indirectly benefits the Advisors by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Trust’s NAV. See “Distributions.”
 
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust in accordance with the


5


Table of Contents

Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting the Plan Administrator (as defined herein) at 1-866-216-0242. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
Under normal market conditions, the Advisors will seek to manage the Trust in a manner such that the Trust’s distributions are reflective of the Trust’s current and projected earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject to change based upon a number of factors, including the current and projected level of the Trust’s earnings, and may fluctuate over time.
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders.
 
Listing The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BUI.” See “Description of Shares — Common Shares.”
 
Custodian And Transfer Agent The Bank of New York Mellon will serve as the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent.
 
Market Price Of Shares Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which could be significant. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value at any time. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Trust’s common shares may be affected by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend stability, option premiums, cash flow, market supply and demand, liquidity, market volatility, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See “Risks,” “Description of Shares” and the section of the SAI with the heading “Repurchase of Common Shares.” The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
 
Special Risk Considerations An investment in common shares of the Trust involves risk. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below, which are described in more detail under “Risks” beginning on page 28 of this prospectus.
 
No Operating History.   The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision.
 
Investment and Market Discount Risk.   An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. Your investment in common shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust, a majority of which are traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and


6


Table of Contents

unpredictably. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of your investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which could be significant. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. At any point in time, including immediately after the completion of this offering, an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth substantially less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.
 
Common Stock Risk.   The Trust will have exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may significantly under-perform relative to fixed income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
 
Concentration Risk.   The Trust’s investments will be concentrated in issuers in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments. Because the Trust will be concentrated in those business segments, it may be subject to more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. General changes in market sentiment towards Utilities or Infrastructure companies may adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may lag behind the broader market as a whole. Also, the Trust’s concentration in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments may subject the Trust to a variety risks associated with those business segments. See “Risks — Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.”
 
Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.   Investments in issuers in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments are subject to certain risks, including the following:


7


Table of Contents

 
Utilities Companies Risk .   A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Utilities issuers, including: high interest costs in connection with capital construction and improvement programs; governmental regulation of rates charged to customers (including the potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers); costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other regulations; effects of economic slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other providers of utility services; inexperience with and potential losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment; costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a national energy policy; technological innovations; potential impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.
 
Infrastructure Companies Risk .   Infrastructure issuers may be susceptible to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their business and operations, including high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs; high leverage; costs associated with environmental and other regulations; surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in public and private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes in population levels or changes in the urbanization and industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.
 
Technological Risk .   Technological changes in the way a service or product is delivered may render existing technologies obsolete. Infrastructure assets have very few alternative uses should they become obsolete.
 
Developing Industries Risk .   Some Utilities and/or Infrastructure companies are focused on developing new technologies and are strongly influenced by technological changes. Product development efforts by Utilities and Infrastructure companies may not result in viable commercial products. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may bear high research and development costs, which can limit their ability to maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or instability. Some Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be in the early stages of operations and may have limited operating histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than companies in other sectors.
 
Regional Risk .   Should an event that impairs assets occur in a region where a Utilities or Infrastructure issuer operates, the performance of such Utilities or Infrastructure company may be adversely affected. As many infrastructure assets are not


8


Table of Contents

moveable, such an event may have enduring effects on the Utilities or Infrastructure company that are difficult to mitigate.
 
Strategic Asset Risk .   Utilities and Infrastructure companies may control significant strategic assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given the national or regional profile and/or their irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.
 
Environmental Risk .   Utilities and Infrastructure companies can have substantial environmental impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities and Infrastructure companies significant financial distress. Community and environmental groups may protest the development or operation of assets or facilities of Utilities or Infrastructure companies, and these protests may induce government action to the detriment of Utilities and Infrastructure companies.
 
Political and Expropriation Risk .   Governments may attempt to influence the operations, revenue, profitability or contractual relationships of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers or expropriate Utilities or Infrastructure companies’ assets. The public interest aspect of the products and services provided by Utilities and Infrastructure companies means political oversight will remain pervasive.
 
Operational Risk .   The long-term profitability of Utilities and Infrastructure companies is partly dependent on the efficient operation and maintenance of their assets. Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be subject to service interruptions due to environmental disasters, operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to investors. The destruction or loss of an asset or facility may have a major adverse impact on a Utilities or Infrastructure issuer. Failure by the Utilities or Infrastructure issuer to operate and maintain its assets or facilities appropriately or to carry appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to significant losses.
 
Regulatory Risk .   Many Utilities and Infrastructure companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation, which may include how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. Regulators that have the power to set or modify the prices Utilities and Infrastructure issuers can charge for their products or services can have a significant impact


9


Table of Contents

on the profitability of such Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. The returns on regulated assets or services are usually stable during regulated periods, but may be volatile during any period that rates are reset by the regulator.
 
Interest Rate Risk .   Due to the high costs of developing, constructing, operating and distributing assets and facilities, many Utilities and Infrastructure companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. In particular, the type of facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus variable components and covenants in place (including how they impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in assessing the degree of interest rate risk.
 
Inflation Risk .   Many Utility and Infrastructure companies may have fixed income streams and, therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during inflationary periods. The market value of Utility or Infrastructure companies may decline in value in times of higher inflation rates. The prices that a Utility or Infrastructure company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utility or Infrastructure company.
 
For additional discussion of these and other risks associated with investments in Utilities and Infrastructure issuers see “Risks — Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.”
 
Non-U.S. Securities Risk and Emerging Markets Risk.   Investing in non-U.S. securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; different legal systems; the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions, including expropriation; lower trading volume; much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain non-U.S. securities markets; different trading and settlement practices; less governmental supervision; changes in currency exchange rates; high and volatile rates of inflation; fluctuating interest rates; less publicly available information; and different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements.
 
Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers to a heightened degree. “Emerging market countries” generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These heightened risks include: greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; smaller markets for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and an increase in price volatility; and certain national policies that may restrict the Trust’s investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to


10


Table of Contents

relevant national interests. See “Non-U.S. Securities Risk and Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Foreign Currency Risk.   Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to hedge its currency exposure or enhance its total return, which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.
 
Small and Mid-Capitalization Stock Risk.   The Trust may invest in companies with small, medium and large capitalizations. Smaller and medium capitalization company stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger capitalization company stocks. There may be less trading in a smaller or medium capitalization company’s stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock’s price than is the case with larger capitalization company stocks. Smaller and medium capitalization companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller or medium capitalization company’s stock price than is the case for a larger capitalization company. The Trust may need a considerable amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition, smaller or medium capitalization company stocks may not be well known to the investing public.
 
Liquidity Risk.   In some circumstances, investments may be relatively illiquid making it difficult to acquire or dispose of them at the prices quoted on relevant exchanges or at all. Accordingly, the Trust’s ability to respond to market movements may be impaired and the Trust may experience adverse price movements upon liquidation of its investments. Settlement of transactions may be subject to delay and administrative uncertainties.
 
MLP Risk.   As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with an investment in MLP units and conflicts of interest may exist between common unit holders and the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.
 
A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being


11


Table of Contents

required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income. Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to the Trust with respect to its investment in such MLPs would be materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the value of the common stock.
 
To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly, the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the Trust’s allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. The Trust will incur a current tax liability on its allocable share of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses and credits, or its net operating loss carryforwards, if any. The portion, if any, of a distribution received by the Trust from an MLP that is offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses or credits is essentially treated as a return of capital. The percentage of an MLP’s income and gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and credits will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown in acquisition activity or capital spending by MLPs held in the Trust’s portfolio could result in a reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which may result in increased current tax liability for the Trust.
 
Because of the Trust’s investments in equity securities of MLPs, the Trust’s earnings and profits may be calculated using accounting methods that are different from those used for calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in years in which the Trust’s distributions exceed its taxable income. In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or future interpretations of such laws or regulations, could adversely affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the Trust invests. See “Risks — MLP Risk” and “Tax Matters.”
 
Risks Associated with the Trust’s Option Strategy.   The ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objective is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its option strategy. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities used in connection with the Trust’s option strategy. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
As the writer of a call option covered with a security held by the Trust, the Trust forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Trust writes such covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more


12


Table of Contents

limited. To the extent the Trust writes call options that are not fully covered by securities in its portfolio (such as calls on an index or sector), it will lose money if the portion of the security or securities underlying the option that is not covered by securities in the Trust’s portfolio appreciate in value above the exercise price of the option by an amount that exceeds the premium received on the option. The amount of this loss could be unlimited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option.
 
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust’s potential gain as the writer of a covered put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
 
Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to successfully implement its option strategy include the following: “Risks Associated with Options on Securities Generally,” “Risks of Writing Options,” “Exchange-Listed Option Risks,” “Over-the-Counter Option Risk,” “Index Option Risk,” “Limitations on Option Writing Risk” and “Tax Risk.” For more information on these risks, please see “Risks — Risks Associated with the Trust’s Option Strategy.”
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.   The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.


13


Table of Contents

 
Ratings are relative, subjective and not absolute standards of quality. Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition.
 
Unrated Securities Risk.   Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories of those similar to those of rating organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price.
 
Investment Companies and ETFs Risk.   Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) or as otherwise permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Trust may acquire shares in other investment companies and ETFs, some of which may be investment companies. The market value of the shares of other investment companies and ETFs may differ from their NAV. As an investor in investment companies and ETFs, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses. As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies and ETFs.
 
The securities of other investment companies and ETFs in which the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies and ETFs that use leverage may expose the Trust to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Trust’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Shares) will be diminished.
 
Strategic Transactions Risk.   Strategic transactions in which the Trust may engage in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return, including engaging in transactions, such as options, futures, swaps, foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency contracts, currency swaps or options on currency and currency futures, and other derivatives transactions (“Strategic Transactions”) also involve certain risks and special considerations. Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a


14


Table of Contents

security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
 
Counterparty Risk.   The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances.
 
Non-Diversification Risk.   The Trust has registered as a “non-diversified” investment company under the Investment Company Act. For federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in United States government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the securities of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Trust’s investments will be concentrated in a group of industries that make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments, which means they may present more risks than if the Trust was broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. See “Risks — Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.”
 
United States Credit Rating Downgrade Risk.   The events surrounding the recent negotiations regarding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the resulting agreement could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to “AA+” from “AAA.” The downgrade by S&P could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally. Neither the Advisor nor the Sub-Advisors can predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Trust’s portfolio. The Advisors intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so and the Advisors may not timely anticipate or


15


Table of Contents

manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.   The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk — Allocation of Investment Opportunities.   BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”), BlackRock’s affiliates (“Affiliates”) and BlackRock’s significant shareholders (“Significant Shareholders”) are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Trust. BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither BlackRock nor its Affiliates or Significant Shareholders are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate, Significant Shareholder or another account managed by an Affiliate or Significant Shareholder, and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates or Significant Shareholders and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust — Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
Additional Risks.   For additional risks relating to investments in the Trust, including “Issuer Risk,” “Investments in Unseasoned Companies Risk,” “Fixed Income Securities Risk,” “Securities Lending Risk,” “Dividend Risk,” “Derivatives Risk,” “Inflation Risk,” “Deflation Risk,” “Risks Associated with Recent Market Events,” “Government Intervention in Financial Markets Risk,” “Legislation Risk,” “Portfolio Turnover Risk,” “Management Risk,” “Not a Complete Investment Program” and “Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk” please see “Risks” beginning on page 28 of this prospectus.


16


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
 
The following table shows estimated Trust expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under “Estimated Annual Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first full year of operations and assume that the Trust issues 12,500,000 common shares. If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to the common shares. See “Management of the Trust” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, shareholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Trust.
 
         
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
       
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
    4.50 %
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)(1)(2)
    0.20 %
Dividend reinvestment plan fees
    None (3)
 
         
    Percentage of
 
    Net Assets
 
    Attributable to
 
    Common Shares  
 
Estimated Annual Expenses
       
Management fees
    1.00 %
Other expenses
    0.18 %
         
Total annual expenses
    1.18 %
         
 
 
(1) The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering. The Trust will pay organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to $0.04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement of BlackRock Advisors’ expenses incurred in connection with this offering. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) to the extent that organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per common share. Assuming the Trust issues 12,500,000 common shares, the aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be approximately $1,823,650 or $0.15 per common share, the aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $500,000 or $0.04 per common share, and the aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by BlackRock Advisors on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be approximately $1,323,650 or $0.11 per common share. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust.
(2) BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring and syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and structuring fees to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. Because these fees are paid by BlackRock Advisors, they are not reflected under sales load in the table above. BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) also may pay certain qualifying Underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. BlackRock Advisors and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) also may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares. See “Underwriters — Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Advisor.”
(3) You will be charged a $0.02 per share sold fee (which includes brokerage commissions) if you direct the Plan Administrator (as defined below) to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and offering costs incurred by the Trust of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (1) total net annual expenses of 1.18% of net assets attributable to common shares in years 1 through 10, and (2) a 5% annual return:
 
                                 
    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  
 
Total expenses incurred(1)
  $ 58     $ 83     $ 109     $ 183  
 
 
(1) The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the Annual expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.


17


Table of Contents

 
THE TRUST
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 25, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trust’s principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (800) 882-0052.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of the offering of common shares will be approximately $      ($      if the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated organizational and offering costs. The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term debt securities.
 
THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
 
Investment Objective and Policies
 
Investment Objective.   The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and investors could lose some or all of their investment.
 
Investment Policies.   The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments (as defined below) anywhere in the world and by utilizing an option strategy in an effort to enhance current gains.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments. The Trust considers the “Utilities” business segment to include products, technologies and services connected to the management, ownership operation, construction, development or financing of facilities used to generate, transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or telecommunications and the “Infrastructure” business segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure assets or that are involved in the development, construction, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets. See “— Portfolio Contents and Other Information — Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.”
 
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts, exchange-traded funds, equity interests in real estate investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and MLPs. The Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs.
 
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments and debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, which are commonly known as “junk bonds.”
 
As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing (selling) covered put options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling) covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Trust’s shareholders.


18


Table of Contents

In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return.
 
The Trust may lend securities with a value up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government as collateral.
 
The Trust may implement various temporary “defensive” strategies at times when the Advisor or Sub-Advisors determine that conditions in the markets make pursuing the Trust’s basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include investing all or a portion of the Trust’s assets in U.S. government obligations and short-term debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See “Investment Policies and Techniques — Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities” in the SAI.
 
Under current market conditions, the Trust currently does not intend to engage in short sales, utilize leverage or issue preferred shares.
 
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trust’s investment objective and policies are non-fundamental policies and may changed by the Board. In addition, the percentage limitations applicable to the Trust’s portfolio described in this prospectus apply only at the time of investment, and the Trust will not be required to sell investments due to subsequent changes in the value of investments that it owns.
 
Portfolio Composition and Other Information
 
The Trust’s portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. A more detailed description of the Trust’s investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about the Trust’s portfolio investments are contained in the SAI.
 
Equity Securities.   The Trust intends to invest primarily in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts, exchange-traded funds and equity interests in REITs, Canadian Royalty Trusts and MLPs. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. The Trust may hold or have exposure to common stocks of issuers of any size, including small and medium capitalization stocks. Because the Trust will ordinarily have substantial exposure to common stocks, historical trends would indicate that the Trust’s portfolio and investment returns will be subject at times, and over time, to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than if it invested exclusively in debt securities. The Trust will also employ a strategy, as described below, of writing covered call options on common stocks.
 
For more information regarding preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts see “Investment Policies and Techniques — Equity Securities” in the SAI.
 
Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.   Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by Utilities or Infrastructure issuers. For purposes of the 80% policy above, a company is considered to be engaged in these business segments if: (i) at least 50% of its assets, income, sales or profits are committed to or derived from one or both of the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments; or (ii) a third party classification (such as (a) Standard Industry Classifications and the North American Industry Classification System, each of which is published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, and (b) classifications by one or more third party data providers including, without limitation, Bloomberg L.P., FactSet Research Systems, Inc and MSCI Barra) has given the company an industry or sector classification consistent with the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments.
 
Companies engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to or involved with:
 
  •  the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric energy;
 
  •  the distribution, purification and treatment of water;
 
  •  the production, transmission or distribution of natural resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural gas and coal;


19


Table of Contents

 
  •  the provision of communications services, including cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless transmission towers and broadband television cable);
 
  •  the management, ownership or operation of infrastructure assets; or
 
  •  the construction, development, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets.
 
The Trust generally considers “infrastructure assets” to consist of those assets which provide the underlying foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon which the growth and development of a community depends, including physical structures, networks and systems of transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.
 
Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:
 
  •  Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies and are regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges imposed. Examples include certain power and gas transmission, generation and distribution assets and water and waste-water distribution and treatment facilities.
 
  •  Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for their main revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges, tunnels, airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.
 
  •  Assets that provide basic social services to the community. Examples include schools, hospitals and correction facilities.
 
  •  Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a product or service and are therefore exposed to market risks. Examples include certain solid waste disposal facilities and certain communication asset classes, including communications towers, satellites and transmission lines.
 
  •  Other types of infrastructure assets include assets related to the development and distribution of coal, steel and iron ore, gold and other precious metals, building materials, agricultural commodities and food and the gathering, treating, processing, fractionation, transportation and storage of hydrocarbon products.
 
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities.
 
Non-U.S. Securities.   The Trust may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies or multinational currency units. The Trust may invest in non-U.S. securities of so-called emerging market countries. Non-U.S. securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. Securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most non-U.S. securities markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility of price can be greater than in the United States.
 
Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust would be subject to additional risks with respect to its investments in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions that might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise.
 
Since non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.
 
Options.   An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.


20


Table of Contents

If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Trust at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust desires. The Trust may sell call or put options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the call or put option when purchased. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Trust’s option strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income.
 
Call Options and Covered Call Writing .   The Trust will follow a strategy known as “covered call option writing,” which is a strategy designed to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Trust’s shareholders. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
A call option written by the Trust on a security is “covered” if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Trust’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described above. The Trust may not sell “naked” call options on individual securities, i.e., options representing more shares of the stock than are held in the Trust’s portfolio.
 
The standard contract size for a single option is 100 shares of the common stock. There are four items needed to identify any option: (1) the underlying security, (2) the expiration month, (3) the strike price and (4) the type (call or put). For example, ten XYZ Co. October 40 call options provide the right to purchase 1,000 shares of XYZ Co. on or before October at $40.00 per share. A call option whose strike price is above the current price of the underlying stock is called “out-of-the-money.” Most of the options that will be sold by the Trust are expected to be out-of-the-money, allowing for potential appreciation in addition to the proceeds from the sale of the option. An option whose strike price is below the current price of the underlying stock is called “in-the-money” and will be sold by the Trust as a defensive measure to protect against a possible decline in the underlying stock.
 
The following is a conceptual example of a covered call transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a six-month call option is written with a strike price of $40.00 (i.e., 7.7% higher than the current market price); and (3) the writer receives $2.45 (or 6.6%) of the common stock’s value as premium income. This example is not meant to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself and does not reflect any transaction costs of entering into or closing out the option position. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the covered-call writer receives the premium, representing 6.6% of the common stock’s value, regardless of the stock’s performance over the six-month period until option expiration. If the stock remains unchanged, the option will expire and there would be a 6.6% return for the 6-month period. If the stock were to decline in price by 6.6%, the strategy would “break-even” thus offering no gain or loss. If the stock were to climb to a price of $40.00 or above, the option would be exercised and the stock would return 7.7% coupled with the option premium of 6.6% for a total return of 14.3%. Under this scenario, the investor would not benefit from any appreciation of the stock above $40.00, and thus be limited to a 14.3% total return. The premium income from writing the call option serves to offset some of the unrealized loss on the stock in the event that the price of the stock declines, but if the stock were to decline more than


21


Table of Contents

6.6% under this scenario, the investor’s downside protection is eliminated and the stock could eventually become worthless.
 
For conventional listed call options, the option’s expiration date can be up to nine months from the date the call options are first listed for trading. Longer-term call options can have expiration dates up to three years from the date of listing. It is anticipated that most options that are written against Trust stock holdings will be repurchased prior to the option’s expiration date, generating a gain or loss in the options. If the options were not to be repurchased, the option holder would exercise their rights and buy the stock from the Trust at the strike price if the stock traded at a higher price than the strike price. In general, the Trust intends to continue to hold its common stocks rather than allowing them to be called away by the option holders.
 
Put Options .   Put options are contracts that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. Put option strategies may produce a higher return than covered call writing, but may involve a higher degree of risk and potential volatility.
 
The Trust will write (sell) put options on individual securities only if the put option is “covered.” A put option written by the Trust on a security is “covered” if the Trust segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors, as described above, equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors, as described above.
 
The following is a conceptual example of a put transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a six-month put option written with a strike price of $35.00 (i.e., 94.21% of the current market price); and (3) the writer receives $1.10 or 2.96% of the common stock’s value as premium income. This example is not meant to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself and does not reflect any transaction costs of entering into or closing out the option position. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the put writer receives the premium, representing 2.96% of the common stock’s value, regardless of the stock’s performance over the six-month period until the option expires. If the stock remains unchanged, appreciates in value or declines less than 5.79% in value, the option will expire and there would be a 2.96% return for the six-month period. If the stock were to decline by 5.79% or more, the Trust would lose an amount equal to the amount by which the stock’s price declined minus the premium paid to the Trust. The stock’s price could lose its entire value, in which case the Trust would lose $33.90 ($35.00 minus $1.10).
 
Options on Indices .   The Trust may sell call and put options on stock indices or sectors. Because index and sector options both refer to options on baskets of securities and generally have similar characteristics, we refer to these types of options collectively as “index” options. Options on an index differ from options on individual securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.
 
As the seller of an index call or put option, the Trust receives cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The Trust, in effect, agrees to sell the potential appreciation (in the case of a call) or accept the potential depreciation (in the case of a put) in the value of the relevant index in exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the purchaser exercises the call or put option sold by the Trust, the Trust will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Trust as the seller of the index call or put option.


22


Table of Contents

The Trust may execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to an index option it has sold and sell another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The Trust’s objective in entering into such a closing transaction will be to optimize net index option premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net index option premiums realized from the sale of the index option.
 
The Trust will cover its obligations when it sells index options. An index option is considered “covered” if the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures established by the Board) in an amount equal to the contract value of the applicable basket of securities. An index or sector put option also is “covered” if the Trust holds a put on the same basket of securities as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described above. An index or sector call option also is “covered” if the Trust holds a call on the same basket of securities as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid.
 
Limitation on Option Writing Strategy .   Under normal market conditions, the Trust generally intends to write covered call and put options with respect to approximately 30% to 40% of its total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Initially, the Trust anticipates writing covered call and put options with respect to approximately 33% of its total assets. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
The number of covered call and put options on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Trust will not write “naked” or uncovered call or put options, other than those that are “covered” by the segregation of liquid assets as described above. Furthermore, the Trust’s exchange-listed option transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
 
Master Limited Partnerships.   The Trust may invest up to 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The MLPs in which the Trust intends to invest will be limited partnerships (or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships), the units of which will be listed and traded on a U.S. securities exchange. In addition, such MLPs will derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipeline transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. The Trust may, however, invest in MLP entities in any sector of the economy.
 
An MLP is an entity receiving partnership taxation treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and whose interests or “units” are traded on securities exchanges like shares of corporate stock. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Trust intends to purchase publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by one or more of the following: a major energy company, an investment fund, or the direct management of the MLP. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP; has an ownership stake in the partnership, typically a 2% general partner equity interest and usually additional common units and subordinated units; and is eligible to receive an incentive distribution. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. The limited partners also receive cash distributions.
 
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or


23


Table of Contents

“MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis.
 
The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner that results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.
 
To qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from qualifying sources such as interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities, income and gain from the transportation or storage of certain fuels, gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for the production of income described in the foregoing and, in certain circumstances, income and gain from commodities or futures, forwards and options with respect to commodities. Mineral or natural resources activities include exploration, development, production, mining, refining, marketing and transportation (including pipelines), of oil and gas, minerals, geothermal energy, fertilizer, timber or industrial source carbon dioxide. Currently, most MLPs operate in the energy, natural resources or real estate sectors. Due to their partnership structure, MLPs generally do not pay income taxes. Thus, unlike investors in corporate securities, direct MLP investors are generally not subject to double taxation (i.e. corporate level tax and tax on corporate dividends). For more information on MLPs, see “Investment Policies and Techniques — Master Limited Partnership Interests” in the SAI.
 
Canadian Royalty Trusts.   A Canadian royalty trust is a trust whose securities are listed on a Canadian stock exchange and which controls an underlying company whose business is the acquisition, exploitation, production and sale of oil and natural gas. These trusts generally pay out to unitholders the majority of the cash flow that they receive from the production and sale of underlying oil and natural gas reserves. The amount of distributions paid on a Canadian royalty trust’s units will vary from time to time based on production levels, commodity prices, royalty rates and certain expenses, deductions and costs, as well as on the distribution payout ratio policy adopted. As a result of distributing the bulk of their cash flow to unitholders, the ability of a Canadian royalty trust to finance internal growth through exploration is limited. Therefore, Canadian royalty trusts typically grow through acquisition of additional oil and gas properties or producing companies with proven reserves of oil and gas, funded through the issuance of additional equity or, where the trust is able, additional debt. On October 31, 2006, the Canadian Minister of Finance announced a Tax Fairness Plan for Canadians. A principal component of the plan involved changing the taxation rules governing income trusts. The Minister of Finance announced a tax rate on trust distributions that would start at 34% initially, and then drop to 31.5% by 2011. As a result, Canadian income trusts are now taxed as regular Canadian corporations and are now subject to “double taxation” at both the corporate level and on the income distributed to investors. In response to this change, most Canadian royalty trusts converted to corporations and have reduced their dividends.
 
REITs.   In pursuing its investment strategy, the Trust may invest in equity interests in REITs. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor’s capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. The market value of REIT shares and the ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses,


24


Table of Contents

adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws, and other factors beyond the control of the issuers of the REITs. In addition, distributions received by the Trust from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains, and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Trust’s investment strategy results in the Trust investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Trust’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Trust’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. Generally, dividends received by the Trust from REIT shares and distributed to the Trust’s shareholders will not constitute “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income; therefore, the tax rate applicable to that portion of the dividend income attributable to REIT shares held by the Trust that shareholders of the Trust receive will be taxed at a higher rate than dividends eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
 
Lower Grade Debt Securities.   The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in debt securities rated below investment grade (which are commonly referred to as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds”), such as those rated Ba or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and BB or lower by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or debt securities comparably rated by other rating agencies, or in unrated debt securities determined by the Advisors to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated Ba by Moody’s are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Debt securities rated BB by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Debt securities rated C are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Debt securities rated D are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.
 
Lower grade debt securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated debt securities. The secondary market for lower grade debt securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated debt securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain debt securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value.
 
The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, lower grade debt securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality debt securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade debt securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such debt securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity and may be a substantial factor in the Trust’s relative share price volatility.
 
Lower grade debt securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such debt securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such debt securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such debt securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such debt securities.
 
The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently evaluate these debt securities and the ability of the issuers of such debt securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade debt securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated debt securities.


25


Table of Contents

Strategic Transactions.   In addition to the option strategy discussed above, the Trust may, but is not required to, use the Strategic Transactions described below in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return. These Strategic Transactions are generally accepted under modern portfolio management and are regularly used by many mutual funds, closed-end funds and other institutional investors. Although the Advisors seek to use Strategic Transactions to further the Trust’s investment objective, no assurance can be given that they will be successful.
 
The Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, options on futures contracts and forward foreign currency contracts, may enter into various interest rate, credit and other derivative transactions and may engage in swaps. The Trust also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as “Strategic Transactions.” The Trust generally seeks to use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Trust’s portfolio, protect the value of the Trust’s portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. The Trust may use Strategic Transactions to enhance potential gain, although the Trust will commit variation margin for Strategic Transactions that involve futures contracts only in accordance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. A more complete discussion of Strategic Transactions and their risks is contained in the Trust’s SAI under the heading “Investment Policies and Techniques — Strategic Transactions and Risk Management.”
 
Other Investment Companies.   The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in Utilities or Infrastructure securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust generally expects to invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of its common shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive Utilities and Infrastructure securities available in the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Trust’s advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. The Advisors will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available Utilities and Infrastructure securities investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to leverage risks. As described in this prospectus in the section entitled “Risks,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Trust. In addition, to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Advisors. The Trust treats its investments in such open- or closed-end investment companies as investments in Utilities and Infrastructure securities.
 
The Trust may invest in ETFs, which are investment companies that aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are typically passively managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (“NASDAQ”). ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as “creation units.” The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market. There can be no assurance that an ETF’s investment objective will be achieved, as ETFs


26


Table of Contents

based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index. ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities. The Trust, as a holder of the securities of the ETF, will bear its pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Trust’s own operations.
 
Securities Lending.   The Trust may lend portfolio securities with a value not exceeding 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets or the limit prescribed by applicable law to banks, brokers and other financial institutions. In return, the Trust receives collateral in cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or irrevocable letters of credit issued by a bank (other than a borrower of the Trust’s portfolio securities or any affiliate of such borrower), which qualifies as a custodian bank for an investment company under the Investment Company Act, which collateral will be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities. The Advisor may instruct the lending agent (as defined below) to terminate loans and recall securities so that the securities may be voted by the Trust if required by the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. See “Proxy Voting Policies” below. Such notice shall be provided in advance such that a period of time equal to no less than the normal settlement period for the securities in question prior to the record date for the proxy vote or other corporate entitlement is provided.
 
The Trust receives the equivalent of any income it would have received on the loaned securities. Where the Trust receives securities as collateral, the Trust receives a fee for its loans from the borrower and does not receive the income on the collateral. Where the Trust receives cash collateral, it may invest such collateral and retain the amount earned, net of any amount rebated to the borrower. As a result, the Trust’s yield may increase. Loans of securities are terminable at any time and the borrower, after notice, is required to return borrowed securities within the standard time period for settlement of securities transactions. The Trust is obligated to return the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities. The Trust could suffer a loss in the event the Trust must return the cash collateral and there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral. In the event the borrower defaults on any of its obligations with respect to a securities loan, the Trust could suffer a loss where the value of the collateral is below the market value of the borrowed securities plus any other receivables from the borrower along with any transaction costs to repurchase the securities. The Trust could also experience delays and costs in gaining access to the collateral. The Trust may pay reasonable finder’s, lending agent, administrative and custodial fees in connection with its loans.
 
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the Commission permitting it to lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the Trust and to retain an affiliate of the Trust as lending agent. Pursuant to that order, the Trust has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent (the “lending agent”) for a fee, including a fee based on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, upon the advice of the Advisor and on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent. If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Advisor’s waiver of a portion of its advisory fee.
 
The Trust would continue to accrue the equivalent of the same interest or other income on loaned securities that it would have received had the securities not been on loan, and would also earn income on investments made with any cash collateral for such loans. Any cash collateral received by the Trust in connection with such loans may be invested in a broad range of high quality, U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments that meet Rule 2a-7 restrictions for money market funds.


27


Table of Contents

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Sub-Advisor of the Trust, acts as securities lending agent for the Trust and will be paid a fee for the provision of these services, including advisory services with respect to the collateral of the Trust’s securities lending program.
 
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period.   During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of common shares are being invested or during periods in which the Advisors determine that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Trust may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its assets in cash, cash equivalents or short-term debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See “Investment Policies and Techniques — Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities” in the SAI. The Advisors’ determination that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trust’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent or in connection with the termination of the Trust.
 
RISKS
 
The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks more fully described below.
 
No Operating History
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision.
 
Investment and Market Discount Risk
 
An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. Your investment in common shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust, a majority of which are traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of your investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which could be significant. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. At any point in time, including immediately after the completion of this offering, an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth substantially less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.
 
Common Stock Risk
 
The Trust will have exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may significantly under-perform relative to fixed income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.


28


Table of Contents

Concentration Risk
 
The Trust’s investments will be concentrated in issuers in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments. Because the Trust will be concentrated in those business segments, it may be subject to more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. General changes in market sentiment towards Utilities or Infrastructure companies may adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may lag behind the broader market as a whole. Also, the Trust’s concentration in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments may subject the Trust to a variety risks associated with those business segments.
 
Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers
 
Investments in issuers in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments are subject to certain risks, including the following:
 
Utilities Companies Risk.   A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Utilities issuers, including: high interest costs in connection with capital construction and improvement programs; governmental regulation of rates charged to customers (including the potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers); costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other regulations; effects of economic slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other providers of Utilities services; inexperience with and potential losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment; costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a national energy policy; technological innovations; potential impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.
 
Infrastructure Companies Risk.   Infrastructure issuers may be susceptible to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their business and operations, including high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs; high leverage; costs associated with environmental and other regulations; surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in public and private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes in population levels or changes in the urbanization and industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.
 
Technological Risk.   Technological changes in the way a service or product is delivered may render existing technologies obsolete. Although this risk may be considered low with respect to assets of Utilities and Infrastructure companies given the large fixed costs involved in developing such assets and the fact that many utility and infrastructure technologies are well established, any technological change that occurs over the medium term could threaten the profitability of a Utilities or infrastructure company. Utility and infrastructure assets have very few alternative uses should they become obsolete. Communications utilities may be particularly sensitive to these risks, as telecommunications products and services also may be subject to rapid obsolescence resulting from changes in consumer tastes, intense competition and strong market reactions to technological development.
 
Developing Industries Risk.   Some Utilities or Infrastructure companies are focused on developing new technologies and are strongly influenced by technological changes. Product development efforts by Utilities and Infrastructure companies may not result in viable commercial products. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may bear high research and development costs, which can limit their ability to maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or instability. Some Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be in the early stages of operations and may have limited operating histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than companies in other sectors. As a result of these and other factors, the value of investments in such Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be considerably more volatile than that in more established segments of the economy.


29


Table of Contents

Regional Risk.   Should an event that impairs assets or facilities occur in a region where a Utilities or Infrastructure issuer operates, the performance of such Utilities or Infrastructure company may be adversely affected. As many infrastructure assets are not moveable, such an event may have enduring effects on the Utilities or Infrastructure company that are difficult to mitigate.
 
Strategic Asset Risk.   Utilities and Infrastructure companies may control significant strategic assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given the national or regional profile and/or their irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.
 
Environmental Risk.   Utilities and Infrastructure companies can have substantial environmental impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities and Infrastructure companies significant financial distress. For example, an accidental release from wells or gathering pipelines could subject them to substantial liabilities for environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage, and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may not be able to recover these costs from insurance. Environmental regulations to which Utilities and Infrastructure companies may be subject include, for example: (i) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions, (ii) the federal Clean Water Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to discharges of pollutants into regulated bodies of water, (iii) the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws and regulations that impose requirements for the handling and disposal of waste from facilities; and (iv) the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws and regulations that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes, including RCRA, CERCLA, the federal Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations, impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been disposed of or otherwise released. Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the United States and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, and methane, the major constituent of natural gas, which many scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These measures and future measures could result in increased costs to certain companies in which the Trust may invest to operate and maintain facilities and administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program and may reduce demand for fuels that generate greenhouse gases and that are managed or produced by companies in which the Trust may invest. In the wake of a Supreme Court decision holding that the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has some legal authority to deal with climate change under the Clean Air Act, the EPA and the Department of Transportation jointly wrote regulations to cut gasoline use and control greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. These measures, and other programs addressing greenhouse gas emissions, could reduce demand for energy or raise prices, which may adversely affect the total return of certain of the Trust’s investments. Community and environmental groups may protest the development or operation of assets or facilities of Utilities and Infrastructure companies, and these protests may induce government action to the detriment of Utilities and Infrastructure companies
 
Political and Expropriation Risk.   Governments may attempt to influence the operations, revenue, profitability or contractual relationships of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers or expropriate their assets. The public interest aspect of the products and services provided by Utilities and Infrastructure companies means political oversight will remain pervasive.
 
Operational Risk.   The long-term profitability of Utilities and Infrastructure companies is partly dependent on the efficient operation and maintenance of their assets and facilities. Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be subject to service interruptions due to environmental disasters, operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to investors. The


30


Table of Contents

destruction or loss of an asset or facility may have a major adverse impact on a Utilities or Infrastructure issuer. Failure by the Utilities or Infrastructure issuer to operate and maintain their assets and facilities appropriately or to carry appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to significant losses.
 
Regulatory Risk.   Many Utilities and Infrastructure companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation, which may include how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. Regulators that have the power to set or modify the prices Utilities and Infrastructure issuers can charge for their products or services can have a significant impact on the profitability of such Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. The returns on regulated assets or services are usually stable during regulated periods, but may be volatile during any period that rates are reset by the regulator. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may be adversely affected by additional regulatory requirements enacted in response to environmental disasters, which may impose additional costs or limit certain operations by such companies operating in various sectors. Foreign Utilities and Infrastructure companies are also subject to regulation, although such regulations may or may not be comparable to those in the United States. Foreign Utilities and Infrastructure companies may be more heavily regulated by their respective governments than utilities in the United States and, as in the United States, generally are required to seek government approval for rate increases. In addition, many foreign Utilities and Infrastructure companies use fuels that may cause more pollution than those used in the United States, which may require such utilities to invest in pollution control equipment to meet any proposed pollution restrictions. Foreign regulatory systems vary from country to country and may evolve in ways different from regulation in the United States.
 
Interest Rate Risk.   Due to the high costs of developing, constructing, operating and distributing infrastructure assets, many Utilities and Infrastructure companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. In particular, the type of facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus variable components and covenants in place (including how they impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in assessing any the degree of interest rate risk.
 
Inflation Risk.   Many Utility and Infrastructure companies may have fixed income streams and, therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during inflationary periods. The market value of Utility or Infrastructure companies may decline in value in times of higher inflation rates. The prices that a Utility or Infrastructure company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utility or Infrastructure company.
 
Supply and Demand Risk.   Utilities and Infrastructure companies may be subject to supply and demand fluctuations in the markets they serve which will be impacted by a wide range of factors. A decrease in the production of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, coal or other energy commodities, a decrease in the volume of such commodities available for transportation, mining, processing, storage or distribution, or a sustained decline in demand for such commodities, may adversely impact the financial performance of Utilities and Infrastructure companies. Factors affecting the volume of production of energy commodities and the volume of energy commodities available for transportation, storage, processing or distribution include depletion of resources; depressed commodity prices; catastrophic events; labor relations; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; equipment malfunctions and maintenance difficulties; import volumes; international politics; policies of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries; and increased competition from alternative energy sources. Alternatively, a decline in demand for energy commodities could result from factors such as adverse economic conditions (especially in key energy-consuming countries); increased taxation; weather conditions; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; increased


31


Table of Contents

fuel economy; increased energy conservation or use of alternative energy sources; legislation intended to promote the use of alternative energy sources; or increased commodity prices.
 
Customer Risk.   The revenue of many Utility and Infrastructure companies may be impacted by the number of users who use the products or services produced by the Utility or Infrastructure company. A significant decrease in the number of users may negatively impact the profitability of a Utility or Infrastructure company. Infrastructure companies can have a narrow customer base. Should these customers or counterparties fail to pay their contractual obligations, significant revenues could cease and not be replaceable. This would affect the profitability of the infrastructure company and the value of any securities or other instruments it has issued.
 
Project and Financing Risk.   To the extent the Trust invests in Utility and Infrastructure companies which are dependent to a significant extent on new infrastructure projects, the Trust may be exposed to the risk that the project will not be completed within budget, within the agreed time frame or to agreed specifications. From time to time, infrastructure companies may encounter difficulties in obtaining financing for construction programs during inflationary periods. Issuers experiencing difficulties in financing construction programs may also experience lower profitability, which can result in reduced income to the Trust.
 
Weather and Natural Disasters Risk.   Weather plays a role in the seasonality of some Utilities and Infrastructure companies’ cash flows. Although most Utilities and Infrastructure companies that are subject to weather risk can reasonably predict seasonal weather demand based on normal weather patterns, extreme weather conditions demonstrate that no amount of preparation can protect an Utilities or Infrastructure company from the unpredictability of the weather. Natural disaster risks, such as earthquakes, flood, lightning, hurricanes and wind, are risks facing certain Utility and Infrastructure companies. The damage done by extreme weather or natural disasters also may serve to increase many Utilities and Infrastructure companies insurance premiums.
 
2012 U.S. Federal Budget Risk.   The proposed U.S. federal budget for fiscal year 2012 calls for the elimination of approximately $46 billion in tax incentives used by certain Utilities and Infrastructure companies and the imposition of new fees on certain energy producers. The elimination of such tax incentives and imposition of such fees could adversely affect Utilities and Infrastructure companies in which the Trust invests and/or the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments generally.
 
Non-U.S. Securities Risk and Emerging Markets Risk
 
Investing in non-U.S. securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; different legal systems; the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions, including expropriation; lower trading volume; much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain non-U.S. securities markets; different trading and settlement practices; less governmental supervision; changes in currency exchange rates; high and volatile rates of inflation; fluctuating interest rates; less publicly available information; and different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements.
 
Certain countries in which the Trust may invest, especially emerging market countries, historically have experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of: the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets; confiscatory taxation; difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; restrictions on currency repatriation; economic, political or social instability; and diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries.
 
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized


32


Table of Contents

appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value or current income could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Certain investments in non-U.S. securities also may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Dividend income from non-U.S. corporations may not be eligible for the reduced U.S. income tax rate currently available for qualified dividend income. These risks often are heightened for investments in smaller, emerging capital markets. In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: growth of gross domestic product; rates of inflation; capital reinvestment; resources; self-sufficiency; and balance of payments position.
 
Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers to a heightened degree. “Emerging market countries” generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These heightened risks include: greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and an increase in price volatility; and certain national policies that may restrict the Trust’s investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.
 
As a result of these potential risks, the Advisors may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including the Advisors, have had no or limited prior experience.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to hedge its currency exposure or enhance its total return, which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.
 
Small and Mid-Capitalization Stock Risk
 
The Trust may invest in companies with small, medium and large capitalizations. Smaller and medium capitalization company stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger capitalization company stocks. There may be less trading in a smaller or medium capitalization company’s stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock’s price than is the case with larger company stocks. Smaller and medium capitalization companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller or medium capitalization company’s stock price than is the case for a larger company. The Trust may need a considerable amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition, smaller or medium capitalization company stocks may not be well known to the investing public.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
In some circumstances, investments may be relatively illiquid making it difficult to acquire or dispose of them at the prices quoted on relevant exchanges or at all. Accordingly, the Trust’s ability to respond to market movements may be impaired and the Trust may experience adverse price movements upon liquidation of its investments. Settlement of transactions may be subject to delay and administrative uncertainties.


33


Table of Contents

MLP Risk
 
An investment in MLP units involves some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with an investment in MLP units and conflicts of interest may exist between common unit holders and the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.
 
Much of the benefit the Trust derives from its investment in equity securities of MLPs is a result of MLPs generally being treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Partnerships do not pay U.S. federal income tax at the partnership level. Rather, each partner of a partnership, in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability, will include its allocable share of the partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses. A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes would have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and causing any such distributions received by the Trust to be taxed as dividend income to the extent of the MLP’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to the Trust with respect to its investment in such MLPs would be materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the value of the common stock.
 
To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly, the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the Trust’s allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. Historically, MLPs have been able to offset a significant portion of their income with tax deductions. The Trust will incur a current tax liability on its allocable share of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses and credits, or its net operating loss carryforwards, if any. The portion, if any, of a distribution received by the Trust from an MLP that is offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses or credits is essentially treated as a return of capital. However, those distributions will reduce the Trust’s adjusted tax basis in the equity securities of the MLP, which will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes upon the sale of any such equity securities or upon subsequent distributions in respect of such equity securities. The percentage of an MLP’s income and gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and credits will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown in acquisition activity or capital spending by MLPs held in the Trust’s portfolio could result in a reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which may result in increased current tax liability for the Trust.
 
Because of the Trust’s investments in equity securities of MLPs, the Trust’s earnings and profits may be calculated using accounting methods that are different from those used for calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in years in which the Trust’s distributions exceed its taxable income. See “Tax Matters.”
 
In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or future interpretations of such laws or regulations, could adversely affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the Trust invests.
 
Risks Associated with the Trust’s Option Strategy
 
The ability of the Trust to achieve current gains is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its option strategy. Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to successfully implement its option strategy include the following:
 
Risks Associated with Options on Securities Generally.   There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.


34


Table of Contents

Risks of Writing Options.   As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion increases. If the Trust experiences net asset value erosion, which itself may have an indirect negative effect on the market price of the Trust’s shares, the Trust will have a reduced asset base over which to write covered calls, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
 
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust’s potential gain as the writer of a covered put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
 
Exchange-Listed Option Risks.   There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
The hours of trading for options on an exchange may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
 
Over-the-Counter Option Risk.   The Trust may write (sell) unlisted “over-the-counter” or “OTC” options to a significant extent. Options written by the Trust with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Trust may be required to treat as illiquid securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the Trust’s ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded


35


Table of Contents

options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.
 
Index Option Risk.   The Trust may sell index call and put options from time to time. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of an index option is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the respective index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index call and put options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short term and long term.
 
Limitation on Option Writing Risk.   The number of call options the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds and is further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. Furthermore, the Trust’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
 
Tax Risk.   Income on options on individual stocks will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, the Trust may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
 
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements.


36


Table of Contents

Issuer Risk
 
Issuer risk is the risk that the value of a security may decline for a reason directly related to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services. The amount of a dividend may decline for reasons related to an issuer, such as changes in an issuer’s financial condition or a decision by the issuer to pay a lower dividend.
 
Investments in Unseasoned Companies
 
The Trust may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain companies may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest.
 
Fixed Income Securities Risk
 
The market value of fixed income investments changes in response to interest rate changes and other factors. During periods of falling interest rates, the values of outstanding fixed income securities generally rise. During periods of rising interest rates, the values of outstanding fixed income securities generally fall. Moreover, while securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields, the prices of longer maturity securities are also subject to greater market fluctuations as a result of changes in interest rates. As the average maturity or duration of a security lengthens, the risk that the price of such security will become more volatile increases. In contrast to maturity which measures only time until final payment, duration combines consideration of yield, interest payments, final maturity and call features. Additional risk associated with fixed income securities includes:
 
Call Risk.   During periods of falling interest rates, certain debt obligations with high interest rates may be prepaid (or “called”) by the issuer prior to maturity.
 
Extension Risk.   An issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation held by the Trust later than expected. This may happen when there is a rise in interest rates. Under these circumstances, the value of the obligation will decrease.
 
Credit Risk.   The possibility that an issuer will be unable to make timely payments of either principal or interest.
 
Event Risk.   Securities may suffer declines in credit quality and market value due to issuer restructurings or other factors.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated


37


Table of Contents

securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
Ratings are relative, subjective and not absolute standards of quality. Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition.
 
Unrated Securities Risk
 
Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories of those similar to those of rating organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price.
 
Securities Lending Risk
 
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Further, the cash collateral received by the Trust in connection with such a loan may be invested in a security that subsequently loses value. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding. These events could also trigger adverse tax consequences for the Trust.
 
Pursuant to an exemptive order from the Commission, the Trust has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the lending Agent. The lending agent may, upon the advice of the Advisor and on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust.
 
Dividend Risk
 
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities. However, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time. As described further in “Tax Matters,” “qualified dividend income” received by the Trust and passed through to shareholders will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to individuals for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012. There is no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will constitute qualified dividend income.
 
Derivatives Risk
 
Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. The Trust typically uses derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk.
 
The Trust may also use derivatives for leverage, in which case their use would involve leveraging risk. Certain derivative transactions may give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage associated with derivative transactions may cause the Trust to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or


38


Table of Contents

to meet earmarking or segregation requirements, pursuant to applicable SEC rules and regulations, or may cause the Trust to be more volatile than if the Trust had not been leveraged.
 
The Trust’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation.
 
Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument.
 
The Trust’s investments in a derivative instrument could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Although the Advisors seek to use derivatives to further the Trust’s investment objective, there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.
 
Inflation Risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline.
 
Deflation Risk
 
Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
Investment Companies and ETFs Risk
 
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Trust may acquire shares in other investment companies and in ETFs, some of which may be investment companies. The market value of the shares of other investment companies and ETFs may differ from their NAV. As an investor in investment companies and ETFs, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses. As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies and ETFs.
 
The securities of other investment companies and ETFs in which the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies and ETFs that use leverage may expose the Trust to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Trust’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Shares) will be diminished.
 
Strategic Transactions Risk
 
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return. Strategic Transactions involve the use of derivative instruments. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements,


39


Table of Contents

which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. In addition, please see the Trust’s SAI for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
Counterparty Risk
 
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances.
 
Non-Diversification Risk
 
The Trust has registered as a “non-diversified” investment company under the Investment Company Act. For federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in United States government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the securities of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Trust’s investments will be concentrated in a group of industries that make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments, which means they may present more risks than if the Trust was broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. “See — Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.”
 
Risks Associated with Recent Market Events
 
While U.S. and global markets had experienced extreme volatility and disruption for an extended period of time, 2010 and the beginning of 2011 witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. In 2010, several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, began to face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries. A return to unfavorable economic conditions could impair the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
United States Credit Rating Downgrade Risk
 
The events surrounding the recent negotiations regarding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the resulting agreement could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to “AA+” from “AAA.” The downgrade by S&P could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on Utilities and Infrastructure issuers and the Trust. Neither the Advisor nor the Sub-Advisors can predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Trust’s portfolio. The Advisors intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so and the Advisors may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.


40


Table of Contents

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk — Allocation of Investment Opportunities
 
BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates (“Affiliates”) and BlackRock’s significant shareholders (“Significant Shareholders”) are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Trust. BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither BlackRock nor its Affiliates or Significant Shareholders are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate, Significant Shareholder or another account managed by an Affiliate or Significant Shareholder, and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates or Significant Shareholders and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust— Trust Management — Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
Government Intervention in Financial Markets Risk
 
The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. government and certain foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity, including through direct purchases of equity and debt securities. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Trust invests in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
Congress has enacted sweeping financial legislation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010, regarding the operation of banks, private fund managers and other financial institutions, which includes provisions regarding the regulation of derivatives. Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented through regulatory rulemakings and similar processes over a period of time. The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and of follow-on regulation, on trading strategies and operations is impossible to predict, and may be adverse. Practices and areas of operation subject to significant change based on the impact, direct or indirect, of the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on regulation, may change in manners that are unforeseeable, with uncertain effects. By way of example and not limitation, direct and indirect changes from the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on regulation may occur to a significant degree with regard to, among other areas, financial consumer protection, bank ownership of and involvement with private funds, proprietary trading, registration of investment advisers, and the trading and use of many derivative instruments, including swaps. There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust. In addition, Congress may address tax policy, which also could have uncertain direct and indirect impact on trading and operations, as well as, potentially, operations and structure of the Trust, and the SEC has engaged in a general investigation of private funds, which has resulted in increased regulatory oversight and other legislation and regulation relating to private fund managers, private funds and funds of hedge funds.


41


Table of Contents

Further, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), an interagency body charged with identifying and monitoring systemic risks to financial markets. The FSOC has the authority to require that non-bank financial companies that are “predominantly engaged in financial activities,” such as the Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors, whose failure it determines would pose systemic risk, be placed under the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The FSOC has the authority to recommend that the Federal Reserve adopt more stringent prudential standards and reporting and disclosure requirements for non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve. Such disclosure requirements may include the disclosure of the identity of investors in private funds such as the Trust. The FSOC also has the authority to make recommendations to the Federal Reserve on various other matters that may affect the Trust, including requiring financial firms to submit resolution plans, mandating credit exposure reports, establishing concentration limits, and limiting short-term debt. The FSOC may also recommend that other federal financial regulators impose more stringent regulation upon, or ban altogether, financial activities of any financial firm that poses what it determines are significant risks to the financial system. In the event that the FSOC designates the Trust as a systemic risk to be placed under the Federal Reserve’s supervision, the Trust could face stricter prudential standards, including risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits, liquidity requirements, concentration requirements, and overall risk management requirements, among other restrictions. Such requirements could hinder the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objective and may place the Trust at a disadvantage with respect to its competitors.
 
Additionally, BlackRock is, for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, currently considered a subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), which is subject to regulation and supervision as a “financial holding company” by the Federal Reserve. The “Volcker Rule” contained in Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act will limit the ability of banking entities, which would include BlackRock by virtue of its relationship with PNC, to sponsor, invest in or serve as investment manager of certain private investment funds. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Volcker Rule’s effective date will be July 21, 2012. Following the effective date of the Volcker Rule, banking entities subject to the Volcker Rule, such as BlackRock, will have at least a two-year period to come into compliance with the provisions of the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule could have a significant negative impact on BlackRock, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors. BlackRock may attempt to take certain actions to lessen the impact of the Volcker Rule, although no assurance can be given that such actions would not have a significant negative impact on the Trust. While the U.S. financial regulators have issued proposed rules implementing the Volcker Rule, the Advisors cannot predict the extent to which the Volcker Rule will be subject to modification by rule prior to its effective date, or the impact any such modifications may have on BlackRock or the Advisors.
 
The implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could also adversely affect the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Trust by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs. In addition, greater regulatory scrutiny and the implementation of enhanced and new regulatory requirements may increase the Advisor’s, the Sub-Advisors’ and the Trust’s exposure to potential liabilities, and in particular liabilities arising from violating any such enhanced and/or new regulatory requirements. Increased regulatory oversight could also impose administrative burdens on the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Trust, including, without limitation, responding to investigations and implementing new policies and procedures. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is not yet certain and the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Trust may be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are currently unforeseeable.
 
Legislation Risk
 
At any time after the date of this prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust. Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. The Advisors cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented, and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.


42


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.
 
Management Risk
 
The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The Advisors and the individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Trust may be subject to a relatively high level of management risk because the Trust may invest in derivative instruments, which may be highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with stocks and bonds.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program
 
The Trust is intended for investors seeking a high level of total return, through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to exploit short-term swings in the stock market and is intended for long-term investors. An investment in shares of the Trust should not be considered a complete investment program. Each shareholder should take into account the Trust’s investment objective as well as the shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk
 
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.”
 
HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK
 
Investment Limitations
 
The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. Some of these limitations are fundamental and thus may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust.
 
Strategic Transactions
 
The Trust may use certain Strategic Transactions in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return. These strategies include using swaps, financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term securities or on securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. There can be no assurance that Strategic Transactions will be used or used effectively to limit risk, and Strategic Transactions may be subject to their own risks. Please see the Trust’s SAI for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.


43


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Trustees and Officers
 
The Board is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Advisors. There are eleven trustees of the Trust. A majority of the trustees will not be “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI.
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
 
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust’s investment advisor. BlackRock Advisors is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operation of the Trust. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC act as the Trust’s sub-advisors and will perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock. BlackRock is one of the world’s largest publicly-traded investment management firms. As of September 30, 2011, BlackRock’s assets under management were approximately $3.345 trillion. BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of September 30, 2011 advised a registered closed-end family of 94 exchange-listed active funds with approximately $39.6 billion in assets. In addition, BlackRock advised two non-exchange-listed closed-end funds with approximately $322.7 million in assets.
 
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet clients’ needs, including active, enhanced and index strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts, mutual funds, iShares ® (exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles. BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of institutional investors through BlackRock Solutions ® . Headquartered in New York City, as of September 30, 2011, the firm has approximately 10,200 employees in 27 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including North and South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and Africa.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
BlackRock uses a team approach in managing its portfolios. The members of the portfolio management team who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are as follows:
 
Kathleen Anderson is a Managing Director of BlackRock since 2008. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2006, she was a Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (MLIM). Ms. Anderson was a Director with MLIM from 2000 to 2006 and a Vice President with MLIM from 1994 to 2000. Ms. Anderson has been a portfolio manager since 1998 and was a research analyst with MLIM from 1993 to 1998.
 
Robert Shearer , CFA, is a Managing Director of BlackRock. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2006 he was a Managing Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (MLIM). Prior to joining MLIM, Mr. Shearer was a Vice President with David L. Babson & Company, Inc., a Vice President and Sector Manager with Concert Capital Management, Inc. and a Vice President with Fiduciary Trust Company International.
 
Kyle G. McClements , CFA, Managing Director, is a member of the Fundamental Equity platform within BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group. He is a senior trader responsible for executing equity derivatives and options trades. Mr. McClements’ service with the firm dates back to 2004, including his years with State Street Research & Management (SSRM), which merged with BlackRock in 2005. At SSRM, Mr. McClements was a Vice President and senior derivatives strategist responsible for equity derivative strategy and trading in the Quantitative Equity Group at State Street Research. Prior to joining State Street Research in 2004, Mr. McClements was a senior trader/analyst at Deutsche Asset Management, responsible for derivatives, equity program, technology and energy sector, and foreign exchange trading. Mr. McClements began his


44


Table of Contents

career in 1994 as a derivatives analyst with Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette responsible for pricing and performance analytics for the derivatives trading desk.
 
Daniel J. Neumann , CFA, Director and energy analyst, is a member of BlackRock’s Global Resources team. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2005, Mr. Neumann was a Vice President and fixed income analyst with State Street Research & Management. He was responsible for coverage of the electric utility, natural gas distribution and pipeline sectors. From 1999 to 2004, he was with Bank of America Securities LLC as an equity research associate focusing on the energy sector. He began his career with PaineWebber Incorporated in 1997 as an investment banking analyst.
 
Christopher M. Accettella , Director, is a member of the Fundamental Equity platform within BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group. He is a trader responsible for executing equity derivatives and options trades. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2005, Mr. Accettella was an institutional sales trader with American Technology Research. From 2001 to 2003, he was with Deutsche Asset Management where he was responsible for derivatives and program trading. Prior to that, he was a senior associate in the Pacific Basin Equity Group at Scudder Investments Singapore Limited. Mr. Accettella began his investment career in 1997 as a portfolio analyst in the European Equity group of Scudder Kemper Investments, Inc.
 
Investment Philosophy
 
The portfolio management team’s investment philosophy is centered on offering a stable foundation for investors to protect and grow their assets. The portfolio management team believes in the total return potential and relative downside protection of dividend-paying securities, as they offer the prospect of a consistent revenue stream to buffer against market volatility. The portfolio management team also believes that the potential for downside protection combined with upside participation typically leads to strong long-term total returns and preservation of capital.
 
Investment Process
 
As value investors, the portfolio management team considers various shorter-term valuation metrics, but ultimately seeks to add value by managing the portfolio for longer-term earnings strength and consistency. They believe a well-constructed portfolio is one that offers upside capture in periods of economic strength and downside protection periods of weakness, thereby avoiding unnecessary portfolio turnover. The portfolio management team uses deep sector and industry-level expertise combined with fundamental bottom-up stock and industry analysis in order to narrow down their universe of large cap value stocks. They focus on analyzing those stocks that exhibit dividend “discipline,” conservative balance sheets, consistent management teams and those that tend to operate in industries where they have a sustainable competitive advantage. The combination of these characteristics tends to promote both earnings stability for downside protection and earnings strength for future appreciation. The ultimate goal of the process is to continually balance reliable dividend income with steady price appreciation in anticipation of strong total returns in the long term.
 
Research begins with an active fundamental process focusing on large cap issuers. The process narrows down the universe to dividend-paying equities with conservative debt-to-capital ratios (<50%). Ideally, these companies will have strong balance sheets, stable revenues and earnings, and exhibit future earnings power. These valuations are met with a bottom-up examination of structural characteristics of sectors and industries, which are screened for mid- to long-term profitability and earnings growth projections.
 
Research is conducted through one-on-one meetings, firm management meetings, and analyst and portfolio managers’ fundamental research. The portfolio management team aims to identify the inflection points in both stocks and industries in order to capture the greatest potential appreciation. Company and sector investment ideas are developed from meetings, conferences, reading and screening various databases. Once identified, companies are researched to determine if the stock is at or near a technical inflection point.
 
The portfolio managers consider ongoing investment research to be an integral part of the portfolio management process and thus place a large emphasis on the research component. The portfolio management team


45


Table of Contents

devotes the majority of its time to portfolio management and investment research. They also take advantage of BlackRock’s global equity research departments to gain supplemental insight into industry and company analysis.
 
Investment Management Agreements
 
Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Trust has agreed to pay BlackRock Advisors a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.
 
BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor equal to 51% of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors with respect to the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor.
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment management agreements by the board of trustees will be available in the Trust’s first report to shareholders.
 
In addition to the fees paid to BlackRock Advisors, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those who are employees or officers of the Advisors), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The NAV of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based upon the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE on each business day on which the NYSE is open for trading. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting the Trust’s liabilities (including accrued expenses, dividends payable and any borrowings of the Trust) from the Trust’s total assets (the value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of common shares of the Trust outstanding.
 
The Trust fair values its financial instruments at market value using independent broker-dealer quotes or approved pricing services under policies approved by the Board. Equity securities that are traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., the NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange, or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (an “Exchange”) are valued via independent pricing services generally at the Exchange closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. For equity investments traded on more than one exchange, the last reported sale price on the exchange where the stock is primarily traded is used. Equity investments traded on a recognized exchange for which there were no sales on that day are valued at the last available bid price. If no bid price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined herein). Investments in open-end investment companies are valued at net asset value each business day. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
 
Securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates determined as of the close of business on the NYSE. Foreign currency exchange contracts are valued at the mean between the bid and ask prices and are determined as of the close of business on the NYSE. Interpolated values are derived when the settlement date of the contract is an interim date for which quotations are not available.
 
Swap agreements are valued utilizing quotes received by the Trust’s pricing service or through broker-dealers, which are derived using daily swap curves and models that incorporate a number of market data factors, such as discounted cash flows and trades and values of the underlying reference instruments. Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean between the last bid and ask prices at the close of the options market in which the options trade.


46


Table of Contents

An exchange-traded option for which there is no mean price available is valued at the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that the prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such asset will be treated as a Fair Value Asset. Over-the-counter (“OTC”) options are valued by an independent pricing service using a mathematical model which incorporates a number of market data factors, such as the trades and prices of the underlying instruments. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available are valued at fair value.
 
In the event that application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or is not available, the investment are fair valued (“Fair Value Assets”) as determined in good faith under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Trust’s board of trustees. When determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Advisor and/or Sub-Advisors deem relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.
 
Generally, trading in foreign instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of business on the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the values of such instruments may occur between the foreign market close and the close of business on the NYSE that may not be reflected in the computation of the Trust’s net assets. If significant events (for example, a company announcement, market volatility or a natural disaster) occur during such periods that are expected to materially affect the value of such instruments, those instruments may be deemed Fair Value Assets and be valued at their fair value, as determined in good faith by the investment adviser using a pricing service and/or policies approved by the Board. Each business day, the Trust uses a pricing service to assist with the valuation of certain foreign exchange-traded equity securities and foreign exchange-traded and OTC options (the “Systematic Fair Value Price”). Using current market factors, the Systematic Fair Value Price is designed to value such foreign securities and foreign options at fair value as of the close of business on the NYSE, which follows the close of the local markets.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the Trust’s initial distribution, the Trust intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial quarterly dividend on the Trust’s common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial quarterly dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually. The Investment Company Act generally limits the Trust to one capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.
 
The Trust may, pursuant to an SEC exemptive order granted to certain of BlackRock’s closed-end funds, adopt a plan to support a level distribution of income, capital gains and/or return of capital (the “Level Distribution Plan”). The Level Distribution Plan will be approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and be consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Under the Level Distribution Plan, the Trust will distribute all available investment income to its shareholders, consistent with its investment objective and as required by the Code. If sufficient investment income is not available on a quarterly basis, the Trust will distribute long-term capital gains and/or return of capital to shareholders in order to maintain a level distribution. Each quarterly distribution to shareholders is expected to be at the fixed amount established by the Board, except for extraordinary distributions and potential distribution rate increases or decreases to enable the Trusts to comply with the distribution requirements imposed by the Code. Shareholders should not draw any conclusions about the Trust’s investment performance from the amount of these distributions or from the terms of the Level Distribution Plan. The Trust’s total return performance on NAV will be presented in its financial highlights table, which will be available in the Trust’s shareholder reports, every six-months. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Level Distribution Plan without prior notice if it deems such actions to be in the best interests of the Trust or its shareholders. The


47


Table of Contents

suspension or termination of the Level Distribution Plan could have the effect of creating a trading discount (if the Trust’s stock is trading at or above net asset value) or widening an existing trading discount. The Trust is subject to risks that could have an adverse impact on its ability to maintain level distributions. Examples of potential risks include, but are not limited to, economic downturns impacting the markets, decreased market volatility, companies suspending or decreasing corporate dividend distributions and changes in the Code. Please see “Risks” for a more complete description of the Trust’s risks.
 
The tax treatment and characterization of the Trust’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Trust’s investments. In light of the Trust’s investment policies, the Trust anticipates that the Investment Company Act will require it to accompany each quarterly distribution with a statement setting forth the estimated source (as between net income, capital gains and return of capital) of the distribution made. The Trust will indicate the proportion of its capital gains distributions that constitute long-term and short-term gains annually. The ultimate tax characterization of the Trust’s distributions made in a calendar or fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that fiscal year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Trust may make total distributions during a calendar or fiscal year in an amount that exceeds the Trust’s net investment income and net capital gains for the relevant fiscal year. In such situations, the amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed its net investment income and net capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in such shareholder’s shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of shares.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and the Trust’s use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable quarterly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust’s net asset value.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Advisors will seek to manage the Trust in a manner such that the Trust’s distributions are reflective of the Trust’s current and projected earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject to change based upon a number of factors, including the current and projected level of the Trust’s earnings, and may fluctuate over time.
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders.
 
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent, all dividends declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Reinvestment Plan Agent”), agent for shareholders in administering the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Reinvestment Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by The Bank of New York Mellon, as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by contacting The Bank of New York Mellon, as Reinvestment Plan Agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Reinvestment Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Reinvestment Plan Agent prior to the dividend record date. Additionally, the Reinvestment Plan Agent seeks to process notices received after the record date but prior to the payable date and such notices often will become


48


Table of Contents

effective by the payable date. Where late notices are not processed by the applicable payable date, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution.
 
Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan, please contact your broker.
 
The Reinvestment Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Reinvestment Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive cash and participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Reinvestment Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“newly issued common shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”). If, on the dividend payment date, the net asset vale per share (NAV) is equal to or less than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market premium”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued common shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV on the dividend payment date. However, if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date. If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is greater than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market discount”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases. In the event of a market discount on the dividend payment date, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay quarterly income dividends. If, before the Reinvestment Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the NAV per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Reinvestment Plan Agent may exceed the NAV of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, the Reinvestment Plan provides that if the Reinvestment Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases, or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Reinvestment Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest any uninvested portion in newly issued shares. Investments in newly issued shares made in this manner would be made pursuant to the same process described above and the date of issue for such newly issued shares will substitute for the dividend payment date.
 
The Reinvestment Plan agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Reinvestment Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Reinvestment Plan participant will be held by the Reinvestment Plan Agent on behalf of the Reinvestment Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan. The Reinvestment Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Reinvestment Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will administer the Reinvestment Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Reinvestment Plan.
 
There will be no charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains distributions payable either in common shares or in cash. The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a per share


49


Table of Contents

fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Participants that request a sale of shares through the Reinvestment Plan Agent are subject to a $0.02 per share sold fee. All per share fees include any brokerage commission the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.
 
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Reinvestment Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Reinvestment Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Reinvestment Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent at BNY Mellon Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 358035, Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035; or by calling 1-866-216-0242.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of August 25, 2011 (the “Agreement and Declaration of Trust”). The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. If and whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met. See “Description of Shares — Preferred Shares” in the SAI. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 
The Trust has no present intention to offer preferred shares. Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BUI.” Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of common shares by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Summary of Trust Expenses.”
 
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the NYSE or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend stability, option premiums, cash flow, market supply and demand, liquidity, market volatility, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See “Repurchase of Common Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.


50


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares
 
The Trust has no current intention of issuing preferred shares. Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e., the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trust’s total assets). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If the Trust issues preferred shares, it may be subject to restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisor from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Please see “Description of Shares” in the Trust’s SAI for more information.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of the Board. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The Board is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. A trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.
 
In addition, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
  •  the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
  •  the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
  •  the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
  •  the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case “a majority of the


51


Table of Contents

outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 10 days’ prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding Preferred Shares, which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is also possible that certain of the Trust’s investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the Board would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
 
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of these provisions.
 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the stock exchange like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at “net asset value.” Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the Trust’s investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
 
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. See “Repurchase of Common Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in


52


Table of Contents

the SAI. The Board might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset values, and the Trust’s common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trust’s common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See “Net Asset Value.” Although the Trust’s common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.
 
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares’ trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trust’s common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any Preferred Shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded. For additional information, see “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a description of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Trust. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This discussion assumes that the Trust’s shareholder’s hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders subject to special provisions of the Code). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated as, and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes annually its investment company taxable income (which includes ordinary income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and its “net capital gain” (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income and gain. If the Trust retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the retained amount at regular corporate tax rates. In addition, if the Trust fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for any taxable year, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of its income and gains at regular corporate tax rates.
 
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment company taxable income are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Certain properly designated distributions may, however, qualify (provided that holding period and other requirements are met by both the Trust and the shareholder) (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations or (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a reduced maximum rate to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. Qualified


53


Table of Contents

dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for treatment as qualified dividend income or as to whether the favorable tax treatment for qualified dividend income will be extended by Congress for taxable years beginning after 2012.
 
Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains if they have been properly reported by the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust shares. For individuals, long-term capital gains are generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate.
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both the current taxable year’s earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits from prior years, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares. Generally, after the end of each year, you will be provided with a written notice reporting the amount of ordinary dividend income, capital gain dividends and other distributions (if relevant).
 
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by you (including amounts credited to you as an undistributed capital gain dividend). Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain will currently be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally will be taxed at a reduced maximum U.S. federal income tax rate.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to shareholders. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to non-exempt holders of the Trust’s shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. In addition, the Trust may be required to withhold on distributions to non-U.S. Shareholders.
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax consequences of investing in the Trust.


54


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITERS
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, dated the date of this prospectus, the Underwriters named below, for which Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), have severally agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to them, the number of the Trust’s common shares indicated below.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Common Shares  
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
       
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC
       
Chardan Capital Markets, LLC
       
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
       
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
       
Knight Capital Markets, L.P. 
       
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. 
       
Maxim Group LLC
       
Wedbush Securities Inc. 
       
Wunderlich Securities, Inc. 
       
         
Total
                
         
 
The Underwriters are offering the common shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from the Trust and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the Underwriters are not required to take or pay for the common shares covered by the Underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
 
The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the common shares directly to the public at the initial offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      per common share under the initial offering price. After the initial offering of the common shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Representatives. The underwriting discounts and commissions (sales load) of $0.90 per common share are equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before          , 2011.
 
The Trust has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of           common shares at the initial offering price per common share listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the common shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to limited conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional common shares as the number listed next to the Underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of common shares listed next to the names of all Underwriters in the preceding table. If the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $     , the total Underwriters’ discounts and commissions (sales load) would be $      and the total proceeds to the Trust would be $     .


55


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated expenses (assuming the Trust issues common shares) and compensation that the Trust will pay:
 
                                 
    Per Common Share     Total  
    Without
    With
    Without
    With
 
    Over-allotment     Over-allotment     Over-allotment     Over-allotment  
 
Public offering price
    $20.00       $20.00     $           $        
Sales load
    $0.90       $0.90     $           $        
Estimated offering expenses
    $0.04       $0.04     $           $        
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust
    $19.06       $19.06     $           $        
 
The Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities. The fees to certain Underwriters described below under “— Additional Compensation to Be Paid by the Advisor” are not reimbursable to the Advisor by the Trust, and are therefore not reflected in expenses payable by the Trust in the table above.
 
Organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust (other than sales load) will not exceed $0.04 per common share sold by the Trust in this offering. If the organizational and offering expenses referred to in the preceding sentence exceed this amount, the Advisor will pay the excess. The aggregate offering expenses (excluding sales load) are estimated to be $      in total, $      of which will be borne by the Trust (or $      if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). See “Summary of Trust Expenses.”
 
The Underwriters have informed the Trust that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of common shares offered by them.
 
In order to meet requirements for listing the common shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 common shares ($2,000).
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be authorized for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or “ticker” symbol is “BUI.”
 
The Trust has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Trust or any affiliate of the Trust or any person in privity with the Trust, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any other common shares or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, common shares; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period referred to above, the Trust issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Trust occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of such 180-day period, the Trust announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable. This lock-up agreement will not apply to the common shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement or any common shares issued pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan.
 
In order to facilitate the offering of the common shares, the Underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common shares. The Underwriters currently expect to sell more common shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position in the common shares for their own account. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of common shares available for purchase by the Underwriters under the over-allotment option (exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus). The Underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out a covered short sale, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the open


56


Table of Contents

market price of the common shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The Underwriters may also sell common shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the Underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the common shares. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an Underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common shares in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common shares in transactions to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common shares. Any of these activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common shares. The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the common shares or any other securities of the Trust. Consequently, the offering price for the common shares was determined by negotiation among the Trust, the Advisor and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the common shares trade after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the common shares will develop and continue after this offering.
 
The Trust anticipates that the Representatives and certain other Underwriters may from time to time act as brokers and dealers in connection with the execution of its portfolio transactions after they have ceased to act as underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as such brokers while they act as underwriters.
 
In connection with this offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically. The Trust, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act.
 
Prior to the public offering of common shares, an affiliate of the Advisor purchased common shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act. As of the date of this prospectus, such affiliate of the Advisor owned 100% of the outstanding common shares. Such affiliate of the Advisor may be deemed to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding common shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of common shares.
 
The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial lending, investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, derivatives, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates from time to time have provided in the past, and may provide in the future, securities trading, commercial lending, investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, derivatives, financing and brokerage activities to the Trust, certain of its executive officers and affiliates and the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received, and may receive, customary fees and expenses.
 
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the common shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to the Trust or the common shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
 
The principal business address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal place of business of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York,


57


Table of Contents

New York 10171. The principal address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152.
 
Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Advisor
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC from its own assets, upfront structuring and syndication fees in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust, including without limitation, views from an investor market, distribution and syndication perspective on (i) marketing issues with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and proposed investments, (ii) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the offering of the Trust’s common shares, (iii) securing participants in the Trust’s initial public offering, (iv) preparation of marketing and diligence materials for Underwriters, (v) conveying information and market updates to the Underwriters, and (vi) coordinating syndicate orders in this offering. The upfront structuring and syndication fees paid to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the common shares. These services provided by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to the Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Citigroup Global Markets Inc. from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure and design of the Trust, which may but need not necessarily include views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) marketing issues with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and proposed investments and (ii) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Trust’s initial public offering. The upfront structuring fee paid to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the common shares. These services provided by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to the Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s common shares. The upfront structuring fee paid to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the Trust’s common shares. These services provided by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated to Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay UBS Securities LLC from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust, and the distribution of its common shares. The upfront structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the Trust’s common shares. These services provided by UBS Securities LLC to the Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Wells Fargo Securities, LLC from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure and design of the Trust, including without limitation, services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s common shares. The upfront structuring fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the Trust’s common shares. These services provided by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC to the Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $      for advice relating to the structure and design of the Trust and the


58


Table of Contents

organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s common shares. The upfront structuring fee paid to Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. will not exceed     % of the total public offering price of the Trust’s common shares. These services provided by Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. to the Advisor are unrelated to the Advisor’s function of advising the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
 
The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) may pay commissions to certain of the employees of the Advisor’s affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares. The commissions paid to the certain employees of the Advisor’s affiliates will not exceed .19% of gross proceeds.
 
Total underwriting compensation determined in accordance with FINRA rules is summarized as follows. The sales load the Trust will pay of $0.90 per share is equal to 4.5% of gross proceeds. The Trust has agreed to reimburse the Underwriters the expenses related to the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the common shares, the filing fees incident to the filing of marketing materials with FINRA, and the transportation and other expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the common shares, in an amount not to exceed $      in the aggregate, which amount will not exceed     % of gross proceeds. The sum total of all compensation to the Underwriters and commissions paid to employees of the Advisor’s affiliates in connection with this public offering of common shares, including sales load, expense reimbursement and all forms of syndication fee and structuring fee payments to the Underwriters will not exceed 9.0% of gross proceeds.
 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
The Custodian of the assets of the Trust is The Bank of New York Mellon. The Custodian performs custodial, trust accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Bank of New York Mellon will also serve as the Trust’s Transfer Agent with respect to the common shares.
 
LEGAL OPINIONS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. Clifford Chance US LLP may rely on Skadden, Arps, State, Meagher & Flom LLP as to matters of Delaware law.
 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
 
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current and former shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share such information with select parties.
 
The Trust obtains or verifies personal non-public information from and about you from different sources, including the following: (i) information the Trust receives from you or, if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications, forms or other documents; (ii) information about your transactions with the Trust, its affiliates or others; (iii) information the Trust receives from a consumer reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to the Trust’s or its affiliates’ websites.
 
The Trust does not sell or disclose to non-affiliated third parties any non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders, except as permitted by law or as is necessary to respond to regulatory requests or to service shareholder accounts. These non-affiliated third parties are required to protect the confidentiality and security of this information and to use it only for its intended purpose.
 
The Trust may share information with its affiliates to service your account or to provide you with information about other BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you. In addition, the Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders to those BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards


59


Table of Contents

that are designed to protect the non-public personal information of its current and former shareholders, including procedures relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.
 
If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules or regulations require the Trust to provide you with additional or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth above, then the Trust will comply with those specific laws, rules or regulations.


60


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
         
    Page
 
    A-2  
    A-2  
    A-3  
    A-11  
    A-13  
    A-17  
    A-35  
    A-36  
    A-42  
    A-44  
    A-45  
    F-1  
    F-2  
    F-5  
    A-1  
    B-1  
    C-1  


61


Table of Contents

(BLACKROCK LOGO)
           Shares
 
 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
 
Common Shares
$20.00 per Share
 
 
PROSPECTUS
          , 2011
 
 
Morgan Stanley
Citigroup
BofA Merrill Lynch
UBS Investment Bank
Wells Fargo Securities
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets
BB&T Capital Markets
Chardan Capital Markets, LLC
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Janney Montgomery Scott
Knight
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities
 
 
Until          , 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
BUI-PR-1011


 

The information in this preliminary statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to completion, dated November 21, 2011
 
(BLACKROCK LOGO)
 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     , 2011
 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Trust”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated          , 2011. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    A-2  
    A-2  
    A-3  
    A-11  
    A-13  
    A-17  
    A-35  
    A-36  
    A-42  
    A-44  
    A-45  
    F-1  
    F-2  
    F-5  
    A-1  
    B-1  
    C-1  


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Pending investment in securities that meet the Trust’s investment objective and policies, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the type described below under “Investment Policies and Techniques — Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities.” If necessary to invest fully the net proceeds of this offering immediately, the Trust may also purchase, as temporary investments, securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the type in which the Trust may invest directly. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering.
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
Investment Restrictions
 
Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:
 
(1) invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry (except that the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in companies operating in the industry or group of related industries that make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments);
 
(2) issue senior securities or borrow money other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, when-issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies;
 
(3) make loans of money or property to any person, except through loans of portfolio securities, the purchase of fixed income securities consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies or the entry into repurchase agreements;
 
(4) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter;
 
(5) purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including REITs and real estate operating companies, and instruments secured by real estate or interests therein and the Trust may acquire, hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Trust’s ownership of such other assets; or
 
(6) purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity pool.
 
When used above with respect to particular shares of the Trust, “majority of the outstanding” means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.
 
The policies enumerated above are the Trust’s only fundamental policies that require a shareholder vote to change. The Trust’s investment objective and all of its other investment policies adopted from time to time may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
 
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board. The Trust may not:
 
(1) make any short sale of securities except in conformity with applicable laws, rules and regulations and unless after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short does not exceed 15% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an


A-2


Table of Contents

issuer does not exceed 15% of the then outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security;
 
(2) purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the Investment Company Act or any regulations promulgated or exemptive relief obtained thereunder;
 
(3) under normal market conditions, invest less than 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by by companies that are engaged in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments; the Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders; or
 
(4) purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control.
 
In accordance with the Investment Company Act, the Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies. In addition, under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company and not more than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets may be invested in securities of any investment company. Pursuant to the Investment Company Act (or alternatively, pursuant to exemptive orders received from the Commission), these percentage limitations do not apply to investments in affiliated money market funds, and under certain circumstances, do not apply to investments in affiliated investment companies, including exchange traded funds.
 
The restrictions and other limitations set forth in the Trust’s prospectus and in this SAI will apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of securities. Any investment policy or restriction described in the prospectus or in this SAI is deemed to be a non-fundamental policy or restriction of the Trust, unless otherwise stated.
 
In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax requirements for qualification as a “regulated investment company,” the Trust’s investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of (i) a single issuer, (ii) two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the Trust’s total assets, no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and such securities do not represent more than 10 percent of the voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus.
 
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities
 
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Cash equivalents and short-term debt investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
 
(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the


A-3


Table of Contents

U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
 
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Trust purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Trust during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Trust to temporarily invest available cash. The Trust may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Trust may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Trust is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Advisors monitor the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and on a daily basis during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Advisors do so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Trust. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
 
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust at any time. The Advisors will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continually monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Trust’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
 
(5) Money market funds, which are a type of mutual fund that is required by law to invest in low risk securities. Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposits, commercial paper of companies, and other highly liquid and low risk securities.
 
Equity Securities
 
While the Trust will primarily invest in common stocks, it may also invest in other equity securities, including preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts.
 
Preferred Stock.   Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and, generally, dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of


A-4


Table of Contents

conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
 
Convertible Securities.   A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.
 
Warrants.   Warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price, such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
 
Depository Receipts.   The Trust may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depository receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations of non-U.S. securities.
 
Master Limited Partnership Interests
 
Equity securities issued by MLPs currently consist of common units, subordinated units and preferred units.
 
MLP Common Units.   MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. We intend to purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability annually to elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the MQD and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.


A-5


Table of Contents

MLP Subordinated Units.   MLP subordinated units are typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The Trust will typically purchase MLP subordinated units through negotiated transactions directly with affiliates of MLPs and institutional holders of such units or will purchase newly issued subordinated units directly from MLPs. Holders of MLP subordinated units are entitled to receive minimum quarterly distributions after payments to holders of common units have been satisfied and prior to incentive distributions to the general partner. MLP subordinated units do not provide arrearage rights. Subordinated units typically have limited voting rights similar to common units. Most MLP subordinated units are convertible into common units after the passage of a specified period of time or upon the achievement by the MLP of specified financial goals.
 
MLP Preferred Units.   MLP preferred units are typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The Trust will typically purchase MLP preferred units through negotiated transactions directly with MLPs, affiliates of MLPs and institutional holders of such units. Holders of MLP preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and other rights, depending on the structure of each separate security.
 
I-Shares.   I-Shares represent an ownership interest issued by an affiliated party of an MLP. The MLP affiliate uses the proceeds from the sale of I-Shares to purchase limited partnership interests in the MLP in the form of i-units. I-units have similar features as MLP common units in terms of voting rights, liquidation preference and distributions. However, rather than receiving cash, the MLP affiliate receives additional i-units in an amount equal to the cash distributions received by MLP common units. Similarly, holders of I-Shares will receive additional I-Shares, in the same proportion as the MLP affiliates receipt of i-units, rather than cash distributions. I-Shares themselves have limited voting rights which are similar to those applicable to MLP common units. The MLP affiliate issuing the I-Shares is structured as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. I-Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).
 
Structured Products
 
The Trust may invest in structured products, including instruments such as credit-linked securities and structured notes, which are potentially high-risk derivatives. For example, a structured product may combine a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a structured product is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some security, currency or index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a structured product may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark.
 
Structured products can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Structured products may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a structured product or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a structured product. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a structured product could be zero. Thus, an investment in a structured product may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of structured products also exposes the Trust to the credit risk of the issuer of the structured product. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Trust.
 
Structured Notes and Indexed Securities.   Structured notes are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). The terms of the instrument may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of structured notes and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured notes and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the


A-6


Table of Contents

interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator. Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated indicator. Structured notes or indexed securities also may be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities. The Trust currently does not intend to invest in structured notes that involve leverage.
 
Certain issuers of structured products may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the Investment Company Act. As a result, the Trust’s investments in these structured products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the Investment Company Act.
 
Strategic Transactions and Risk Management
 
Consistent with its investment objective and policies set forth herein and in its prospectus, and in addition to its option strategy, the Trust may also enter into certain transactions in an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance the Trust’s total returns. In particular, the Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange listed and over-the-counter call and put options on securities, equity and other indices and futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may enter into various derivative transactions (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest rates, to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes and to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Strategic Transactions may be used at any time. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another. Use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of market conditions. The ability of the Trust to manage them successfully will depend on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The Strategic Transactions that the Trust may use are described below. Although the Trust recognizes it is not likely that it will use certain of these strategies in light of its investment policies, it nevertheless describes them here because the Trust may seek to use these strategies in certain circumstances.
 
Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   In addition to its option strategy, the Trust may purchase put options (“puts”) that relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. For the same purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trust’s contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated assets consisting of cash or liquid debt securities having a value not less than the exercise price. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
 
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts.   The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trust’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisors believe that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisors anticipate that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to offset against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a transaction would tend to offset both positive and negative


A-7


Table of Contents

currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Trust could also enter into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust’s existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not offset currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency sold does not perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust’s existing investments are denominated. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to offset against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisors anticipate that there will be a correlation between the two currencies.
 
The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term strategy is highly uncertain.
 
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.   In connection with its hedging and other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery (“futures contracts”) of securities, aggregates of securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices and U.S. government debt securities or options on the above. The Trust primarily intends to engage in such transactions for bona fide risk management and other portfolio management purposes.
 
Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   In addition to its option strategy, in order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options (“calls”) on securities and indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt or equity securities that are traded on U.S. and non-U.S. securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be “covered” as long as the call is outstanding (i.e., the Trust must own the instrument subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at a fixed price. Calls on futures on securities must also be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
Interest Rate Transactions.   The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps and purchase or sell interest rate caps and floors primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Trust intends to use these transactions for risk management purposes and not as a speculative investment. The Trust will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an


A-8


Table of Contents

exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.
 
The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is offsetting volatility with respect to its assets or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. Inasmuch as these Strategic Transactions are entered into for good faith risk management purposes, the Advisors and the Trust believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities, and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will designate on its books and records with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid high grade securities having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. The Trust will not enter into any interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated in the highest rating category of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.
 
Credit Default Swap Agreements and Similar Instruments.   The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements, a type of derivative, for hedging purposes or to seek to increase its returns. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Trust. The Trust enters into credit default agreements to provide a measure of protection against the default of an issuer (as buyer of protection) and/or gain credit exposure to an issuer to which it is not otherwise exposed (as seller of protection). The Trust may either buy or sell (write) credit default swaps on single-name issuers or traded indexes. Credit default swaps on single-name issuers are agreements in which the buyer pays fixed periodic payments to the seller in consideration for a guarantee from the seller to make a specific payment should a negative credit event take place (e.g., bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation accelerators, repudiation, moratorium or restructuring). Credit default swaps on traded indexes are agreements in which the buyer pays fixed periodic payments to the seller in consideration for a guarantee from the seller to make a specific payment should a write-down, principal or interest shortfall or default of all or individual underlying securities included in the index occur. As a buyer, if an underlying credit event occurs, the Trust will either receive from the seller an amount equal to the notional amount of the swap and deliver the referenced security or underlying securities comprising of an index or receive a net settlement of cash equal to the notional amount of the swap less the recovery value of the security or underlying securities comprising of an index. As a seller (writer), if an underlying credit event occurs, the Trust will either pay the buyer an amount equal to the notional amount of the swap and take delivery of the referenced security or underlying securities comprising an index or pay a net settlement of cash equal to the notional amount of the swap less the recovery value of the security or underlying securities comprising of an index.
 
Credit Linked Securities.   Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps, and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield or other fixed income markets. A credit-linked security is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the issuing trust’s receipt of payments from, and the issuing trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the issuing trust invests. For instance, the issuing trust may sell one or


A-9


Table of Contents

more credit default swaps, under which the issuing trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the issuing trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Trust would receive as an investor in the Trust. The Trust’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk.
 
Total Return Swap Agreements.   Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
 
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Trust will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Trust. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be segregated by the Trust in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Trust initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Trust is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.
 
Credit Derivatives.   The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Advisors are incorrect in their forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Advisors are correct in their forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged. There is no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that may be entered into by the Trust. The Trust’s risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust’s loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust’s loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option hedged.
 
New Products.   The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Trust reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Trust currently is not subject.
 
Appendix C contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust’s other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to


A-10


Table of Contents

investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (a) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust’s portfolio; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (c) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (d) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not been used.
 
Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”
 
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities
 
Certain of the Trust’s investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.
 
When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities
 
The Trust may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis in order to acquire the security or to offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and, accordingly, are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to


A-11


Table of Contents

repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
Repurchase Agreements
 
As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisors, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines, there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisors will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisors will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.
 
Short Sales
 
While the Trust does not currently intend to engage in short sales of securities, the Trust is permitted to engage in such transactions. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales for risk management purposes, to maintain portfolio flexibility or to seek to enhance total return.
 
When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
 
The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.
 
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. There can be no assurance that the securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.


A-12


Table of Contents

The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 15% of the value of its total assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an issuer exceeds 15% of the issuer’s outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.
 
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
 
Preferred Stock Risk
 
The Trust may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds. Preferred stocks generally pay a fixed rate of return and are sold on the basis of current yield, like bonds. However, because they are equity securities, preferred stock provides equity ownership of a company, and the income is paid in the form of dividends. Preferred stocks typically have a yield advantage over common stocks as well as comparably-rated fixed income investments. Preferred stocks are typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Certain of the preferred stocks in which the Trust may invest may be convertible preferred stocks, which have risks similar to convertible securities as described below in “— Convertible Securities Risk.”
 
Convertible Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. Similar to traditional fixed income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.
 
Short Sales Risk
 
The Trust may take short positions in securities that the Advisors believe may decline in price or in the aggregate may underperform broad market benchmarks. The Trust may also engage in derivatives transactions that provide similar short exposure. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Trust may not be able, fully or partially, to implement a short selling strategy.
 
Short sales are transactions in which the Trust sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward, futures or other derivative contract) that it does not own. Short selling allows the Trust to profit from a decline in market price to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. If a security sold short increases in price, the Trust may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. The Trust may have substantial short positions and must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer. The Trust may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions before it had


A-13


Table of Contents

intended to do so. Thus, the Trust may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Trust.
 
Because losses on short sales arise from increases in the value of the security sold short, such losses are theoretically unlimited. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot go below zero. The use of short sales in combination with long positions in the Trust’s portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Trust held only long positions. It is possible that the Trust’s long securities positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of its short securities positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Trust. In addition, the Trust’s short selling strategies will limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the securities markets.
 
By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Trust could be deemed to be employing a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the Trust’s exposure to long securities positions and make any change in the Trust’s NAV greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that any leveraging strategy the Trust employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
 
The SEC recently proposed certain restrictions on short sales. If the SEC’s proposals are adopted, they could restrict the Trust’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances. In addition, regulatory authorities in the United States or other countries may adopt bans on short sales of certain securities, either generally, or with respect to certain industries or countries, in response to market events. Restrictions and/or bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Trust to execute certain investment strategies.
 
Repurchase Agreements Risk
 
Subject to its investment objective and policies, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Trust of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Trust will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Trust does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Trust could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Trust seeks to enforce its rights thereto; possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and expenses of enforcing its rights. While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities, the Trust follows procedures approved by the Trust’s Board that are designed to minimize such risks. In addition, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Trust generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Trust’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Trust could suffer a loss.
 
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions Risk
 
The Trust may purchase fixed income securities on a when-issued basis, and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed-delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by the Trust with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis may expose the Trust to counterparty risk of default, as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Trust will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed-delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.


A-14


Table of Contents

Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives
 
In addition to Appendix C, the following contains risk factors associated with derivatives. Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks, including:
 
The Trust’s use of derivatives may reduce its returns and/or increase volatility. Volatility is defined as the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. A risk of the Trust’s use of derivatives is that the fluctuations in their values may not correlate perfectly with the overall securities markets. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Trust to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Trust to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Trust to value accurately. The Trust could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. Finally, the Advisors may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Trust’s derivatives positions to lose value. When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Trust holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust’s hedging transactions will be effective. The income from certain derivatives may be subject to federal income tax. Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Trust has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. Credit default swaps involve special risks in addition to those mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of non-U.S. Securities but rather allow the Trust to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
 
Credit Risk — the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Trust, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations.
 
Leverage Risk — the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.
 
Liquidity Risk — the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth.
 
Correlation Risk — the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Trust seeks exposure.
 
Index Risk — If the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Trust could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below what that Trust paid. Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index), may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.
 
There can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a derivative or the Trust will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price. It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all. Certain transactions in derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose the Trust to potential losses that exceed the amount originally invested by the Trust. When the Trust engages in such a transaction, the


A-15


Table of Contents

Trust will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission). Such segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.
 
Risks Associated with Swaps
 
Swaps are privately negotiated transactions between the Trust and a counterparty. All of the rights and obligations of the Trust are detailed in the swap contract, which binds the Trust and its counterparty. Because a swap transaction is a privately-negotiated contract, the Trust remains liable for all obligations under the contract until the swap contract matures or is purchased by the swap counterparty. Therefore, even if the Trust were to sell the swap contract to a third party, the Trust would remain primarily liable for the obligations under the swap transaction. The only way for the Trust to eliminate its primary obligations under the swap agreement is to sell the swap contract back to the original counterparty. Additionally, the Trust must identify liquid assets on its books to the extent of the Trust’s obligations to pay the counterparty under the swap agreement. The Trust will also be exposed to the performance risk of its counterparty. If the counterparty is unable to perform its obligations under the swap contract at maturity of the swap or any interim payment date, the Trust may not receive the payments due it under the swap agreement.
 
Total return swaps expose the Trust to the price risk of the underlying security, index, futures or option contract, instrument or other economic variable. If the price of the underlying security, index, futures or option contract, instrument or other economic variable increases in value during the term of the swap, the Trust will receive the resulting price appreciation. However, if the price declines in value during the term of the swap, the Trust will be required to pay to its counterparty the amount of the price depreciation. The amount of the price depreciation paid by the Trust to its counterparty would be in addition to the financing fee paid by the Trust to the same counterparty.
 
Risks Associated with Options
 
There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on a national securities exchange (“Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
Risks Associated with Futures
 
The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are: the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Trust and the price of the futures contract or option; possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; the Advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations.
 
Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives
 
Certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Trust to sell such


A-16


Table of Contents

instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Trust to ascertain a market value for such instruments. The Trust will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC instruments (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Advisors anticipate the Trust can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer’s quotation may be used. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties, the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. The Trust will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the Trust with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
 
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust’s investment advisor. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the “Sub-Advisor”) act as the Trust’s investment sub-advisors. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”). BlackRock is one of the world’s largest publicly-traded investment management firms. As of September 30, 2011, BlackRock’s assets under management were approximately $3.345 trillion. BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of September 30, 2011, advised a registered closed-end family of 94 exchange-listed active funds with approximately $39.6 billion in assets. In addition, BlackRock advised two non-exchange-listed closed-end funds with approximately $322.7 million in assets.
 
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet clients’ needs, including active, enhanced and index strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts, mutual funds, iShares ® (exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles. BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of institutional investors through BlackRock Solutions ® . Headquartered in New York City, as of September 30, 2011, the firm has approximately 10,200 employees in 27 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including North and South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and Africa.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
Although BlackRock Advisors intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Advisors are not exclusive and BlackRock Advisors provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BlackRock Advisors is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s shareholders for any act or omission by BlackRock Advisors in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BlackRock Advisors, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
 
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the Trust’s Board, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act), at an in-person meeting of the Board held on October 21, 2011. This agreement provides for the Trust to pay a Management Fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.


A-17


Table of Contents

The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment management agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by BlackRock Advisors, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements
 
Pursuant to separate sub-investment advisory agreements, BlackRock Advisors has appointed BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, each an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors, to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. Each Sub-Advisor will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust to BlackRock Advisors. From the management fees, BlackRock Advisors will pay to each Sub-Advisor a fee equal to 51% of the monthly management fees received by BlackRock Advisors with respect to the average daily net assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor.
 
The sub-investment advisory agreements also provide that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify the Sub-Advisors and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations.
 
Although the Sub-Advisors intend to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform their duties to the Trust, the services of the Sub-Advisors are not exclusive and the Sub-Advisors provide similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The sub-investment advisory agreements were approved by the Board, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act), at an in-person meeting of the Board held on October 21, 2011.
 
Each sub-investment advisory agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. Each sub-investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each sub-investment advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by BlackRock Advisors or the applicable Sub-Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. Each sub-investment advisory agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Matters Considered by the Board
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the respective initial and successor investment management and each sub-investment advisory agreement by the Board will be available in the Trust’s first report sent to shareholders.


A-18


Table of Contents

Trustees and Officers
 
The Board consists of eleven individuals, six of whom are currently not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust, and an additional three of whom will not be “interested persons” of the Trust once certain underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust. The registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or their affiliates (the “BlackRock-Advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of closed-end funds (the “Closed-End Complex”), two complexes of open-end funds (the “Equity-Liquidity Complex,” and the “Equity-Bond Complex”) and one complex of exchange-traded funds (the “Exchange-Traded Complex”; each such complex a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Trust is included in the Closed-End Complex. The Trustees also oversee as Board members the operations of the other closed-end registered investment companies included in the Closed-End Complex.
 
Biographical Information
 
Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, their principal occupations for at least the last five years, the length of time served, the total number of investment companies and portfolios overseen in the BlackRock-Advised Funds and any public directorships held during the past five years.
 
                     
                Number of
   
                BlackRock-
   
                Advised
   
                Registered
   
                Investment
  Other Public
                Companies
  Company or
                (“RICs”)
  Investment
                Consisting of
  Company
            Principal
  Investment
  Directorships
    Position(s)
  Length of
  Occupation(s)
  Portfolios
  Held During
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  During Past
  (“Portfolios”)
  Past Five
and Year of Birth   Trust   Served   Five Years   Overseen*   Years**
Non-Interested Trustees
Richard E. Cavanagh
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055 1946
  Trustee and Chairman of the Board   Since inception   Trustee, Aircraft Finance Trust from 1999 to 2009; Director, The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Trustee, Educational Testing Service from 1997 to 2009 and Chairman thereof from 2005 to 2009; Senior Advisor, The Fremont Group since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Adjunct Lecturer, Harvard University since 2007; President and Chief Executive Officer, The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research organization) from 1995 to 2007.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   Arch Chemical (chemical and allied products)
Michael J. Castellano††
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055 1946
  Trustee and Member of the Audit   Since Inception   Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group LLC from 2001 to 2011; Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd from 2004 to 2011; Director, Support Our Aging Religions (non-profit) since 2009; Director, National Advisory Board of Church Management at Villanova University since 2010.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   None
Frank J. Fabozzi
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1948
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Editor of and Consultant for The Journal of Portfolio Management since 1986; Professor of Finance, EDHEC Business School since 2011; Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University School of Management from 2006 to 2011; Adjunct Professor of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University from 1994 to 2006.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   None


A-19


Table of Contents

                     
                Number of
   
                BlackRock-
   
                Advised
   
                Registered
   
                Investment
  Other Public
                Companies
  Company or
                (‘‘RICs”)
  Investment
                Consisting of
  Company
            Principal
  Investment
  Directorships
    Position(s)
  Length of
  Occupation(s)
  Portfolios
  Held During
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  During Past
  (‘‘Portfolios”)
  Past Five
and Year of Birth   Trust   Served   Five Years   Overseen*   Years**
Kathleen F. Feldstein††
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1941
  Trustee   Since inception   President of Economics Studies, Inc. (private economic consulting firm) since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean Hospital from 2000 to 2008 and Trustee Emeritus thereof since 2008; Member of the Board of Partners Community Healthcare, Inc. from 2005 to 2009; Member of the Corporation of Partners HealthCare since 1995; Trustee, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston since 1992; Member of the Visiting Committee to the Harvard University Art Museum since 2003; Director, Catholic Charities of Boston since 2009.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   The McClatchy Company (publishing); BellSouth (telecommunications); Knight Ridder (publishing)
James T. Flynn
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1939
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Chief Financial Officer of JPMorgan & Co., Inc. from 1990 to 1995.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   None
Jerrold B. Harris
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1942
  Trustee   Since inception   Trustee, Ursinus College since 2000; Director, Troemner LLC (scientific equipment) since 2000; Director of Delta Waterfowl Foundation since 2001; President and Chief Executive Officer, VWR Scientific Products Corporation from 1990 to 1999.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   BlackRock Kelso Capital Corp. (business development company)
R. Glenn Hubbard††
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1958
  Trustee   Since inception   Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Columbia faculty member since 1988; Co-Director, Columbia Business School’s Entrepreneurship Program from 1997 to 2004; Chairman, U.S. Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United States from 2001 to 2003; Chairman, Economic Policy Committee of the OECD from 2001 to 2003.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   ADP (data and information services); KKR Financial Corporation (finance); Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (insurance)
W. Carl Kester
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1951
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs, from 2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Department, Harvard Business School, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program of Harvard Business School, from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   None

A-20


Table of Contents

                     
                Number of
   
                BlackRock-
   
                Advised
   
                Registered
   
                Investment
  Other Public
                Companies
  Company or
                (‘‘RICs”)
  Investment
                Consisting of
  Company
            Principal
  Investment
  Directorships
    Position(s)
  Length of
  Occupation(s)
  Portfolios
  Held During
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  During Past
  (‘‘Portfolios”)
  Past Five
and Year of Birth   Trust   Served   Five Years   Overseen*   Years**
Karen P. Robards
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1950
  Trustee, Vice Chair of the Board and Chairperson of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Partner of Robards & Company, LLC (financial advisory firm) since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since 1987; Director of Care Investment Trust, Inc. (health care real estate investment trust) from 2007 to 2010; Director of Enable Medical Corp. from 1996 to 2005; Investment Banker at Morgan Stanley from 1976 to 1987.   96 RICs consisting of 96 Portfolios   AtriCure, Inc. (medical devices)
Interested Trustees
Paul L. Audet†
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1953
  Trustee   Since inception   Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc., and Head of BlackRock’s Real Estate business from 2008 to 2011; Member of BlackRock’s Global Operating and Corporate Risk Management Committees and of the BlackRock Alternative Investors Executive Committee and Investment Committee for the Private Equity Fund of Funds business since 2008; Head of BlackRock’s Global Cash Management business from 2005 to 2010; Acting Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 2007 to 2008; Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 1998 to 2005.   158 RICs consisting of 286 Portfolios   None
Henry Gabbay†
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1947
  Trustee   Since inception   Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. from 2007 to 2008; Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.   158 RICs consisting of 286 Portfolios   None
 
 
* For purposes of this chart, “RICs” refers to registered investment companies and “Portfolios” refers to the investment programs of the BlackRock-Advised Funds. The Closed-End Complex, including the Trust, is comprised of 97 RICs.
 
** Directorships disclosed under this column do not include directorships disclosed under the column “Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years.”
 
Messrs.  Audet and Gabbay are “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust by virtue of their current or former positions with the Advisors, each a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and their ownership of BlackRock, Inc. and The PNC Financial Service Group, Inc. securities. Messrs. Audet and Gabbay serve as interested trustees of three groups of BlackRock-advised funds - the Closed-End Complex and two complexes of open-end funds.
 
†† Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are currently “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust’s underwriters. Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano will cease to be “interested persons” once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.

A-21


Table of Contents

Experience, Qualifications and Skills
 
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experience, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially elected or appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experience, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of stockholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Trust’s investment adviser, sub-adviser, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Trust or the other funds in the BlackRock fund complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and committee meetings, as well as their leadership of standing and ad hoc committees throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences. The table below discusses some of the experiences, qualifications and skills of each of our Trustees that support the conclusion that they should serve (or continue to serve) on the Board.
 
     
Trustee
 
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
 
Richard E. Cavanagh
  Mr. Cavanagh brings to the Board a wealth of practical business knowledge and leadership as an experienced director/trustee of various public and private companies. In particular, because Mr. Cavanagh served for over a decade as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc., a global business research organization, he is able to provide the Board with expertise about business and economic trends and governance practices. Mr. Cavanagh created the “blue ribbon” Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise in 2002, which recommended corporate governance enhancements. Mr. Cavanagh’s service as a director of The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and as a senior advisor and director of The Fremont Group provides added insight into investment trends and conditions. Mr. Cavanagh’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Cavanagh’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser enhances his service as Chair of the Board, Chair of the Executive Committee and as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance Committee and Performance Oversight Committee.
Michael J. Castellano
  The Board benefits from Mr. Castellano’s over forty year career in accounting. Mr. Castellano has served as Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd. and as a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Castellano held various senior management positions at Merrill Lynch & Co., including Senior Vice President — Chief Control Officer for Merrill Lynch’s capital markets businesses, Chairman of Merrill Lynch International Bank and Senior Vice President — Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Castellano was a partner with Deloitte & Touche where he served a number of investment banking clients over the course of his 24 years with the firm.


A-22


Table of Contents

     
Trustee
 
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
 
Frank J. Fabozzi
  Dr. Fabozzi holds the designations of Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Public Accountant. Dr. Fabozzi was inducted into the Fixed Income Analysts Society’s Hall of Fame and is the 2007 recipient of the C. Stewart Sheppard Award given by the CFA Institute. The Board benefits from Dr. Fabozzi’s experiences as a professor and author in the field of finance. Dr. Fabozzi’s experience as a Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow at the Yale University School of Management and as editor of the Journal of Portfolio Management demonstrate his wealth of expertise in the investment management and structured finance areas. Dr. Fabozzi has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on topics in investment management and financial econometrics, and his writings have focused on fixed income securities and portfolio management, many of which are considered standard references in the investment management industry. Dr. Fabozzi’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Moreover, Dr. Fabozzi’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trust’s Audit Committee. Dr. Fabozzi’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser enhances his service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Kathleen F. Feldstein
  Dr. Feldstein, who served as President of Economics Studies, Inc., an economic consulting firm, benefits the Board by providing business leadership and experience and knowledge of economics. The Board benefits from Dr. Feldstein’s experience as a director/trustee of publicly traded and private companies, including financial services, technology and telecommunications companies. Dr. Feldstein’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
James T. Flynn
  Mr. Flynn brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge of business and capital markets as a result of his many years of experience in the banking and financial industry. Mr. Flynn’s five years as the Chief Financial Officer of JP Morgan & Co. provide the Board with experience on financial reporting obligations and oversight of investments. Mr. Flynn’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Flynn’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trust’s Audit Committee. Mr. Flynn’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser enhances his service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Jerrold B. Harris
  Mr. Harris’s time as President and Chief Executive Officer of VWR Scientific Products Corporation brings to the Board business leadership and experience and knowledge of the chemicals industry and national and international product distribution. Mr. Harris’s position as a director of BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation brings to the Board the benefit of his experience as a director of a business development company governed by the Investment Company Act and allows him to provide the Board with added insight into the management practices of other financial companies. Mr. Harris’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Harris’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser fosters his role as Chair of the Compliance Committee and as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and Performance Oversight Committee.

A-23


Table of Contents

     
Trustee
 
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
 
R. Glenn Hubbard
  Dr. Hubbard has served in numerous roles in the field of economics, including as the Chairman of the U.S. Council of Economic Advisers of the President of the United States. Dr. Hubbard serves as the Dean of Columbia Business School, has served as a member of the Columbia Faculty and as a Visiting Professor at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, the Harvard Business School and the University of Chicago. Dr. Hubbard’s experience as an adviser to the President of the United States adds a dimension of balance to the Trust’s governance and provides perspective on economic issues. Dr. Hubbard’s service on the boards of KKR Financial Corporation, ADP and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Dr. Hubbard’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
W. Carl Kester
  The Board benefits from Dr. Kester’s experiences as a professor and author in finance, and his experience as the George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs at Harvard Business School adds to the Board a wealth of expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance. Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide. Dr. Kester’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Dr. Kester’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trust’s Audit Committee. In addition, Dr. Kester’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser enhances his service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Karen P. Robards
  The Board benefits from Ms. Robards’s many years of experience in investment banking and the financial advisory industry where she obtained extensive knowledge of the capital markets and advised clients on corporate finance transactions, including mergers and acquisitions and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Ms. Robards’s prior position as an investment banker at Morgan Stanley provides useful oversight of the Trust’s investment decisions and investment valuation processes. Additionally, Ms. Robards’s experience derived from serving as a director of Care Investment Trust, Inc., a health care real estate investment trust, provides the Board with the benefit of her experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Ms. Robards’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Ms. Robards’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Vice Chair of the Board and as the Chair of the Trust’s Audit Committee. Ms. Robards’s independence from the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser enhances her service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee and Executive Committee.
Paul L. Audet
  Mr. Audet has a wealth of experience in the investment management industry, including more than 13 years with BlackRock and over 20 years in finance and asset management. He also has expertise in finance, as demonstrated by his positions as Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock and head of BlackRock’s Global Cash Management business. Mr. Audet currently is a member of BlackRock’s Global Operating and Corporate Risk Management Committees, the BlackRock Alternative Investors Executive Committee and the Investment Committee for the Private Equity Fund of Funds. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. Audet was the Senior Vice President of Finance at PNC Bank Corp. and Chief Financial Officer of the investment management and mutual fund processing businesses and head of PNC’s Mergers & Acquisitions unit. Mr. Audet is a member of the Executive Committee.

A-24


Table of Contents

     
Trustee
 
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
 
Henry Gabbay
  The Board benefits from Dr. Gabbay’s many years of experience in administration, finance and financial services operations. Dr. Gabbay’s experience as a Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc., Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and President of BlackRock Funds provides the Board with insight into investment company operational, financial and investment matters. Dr. Gabbay’s former positions as Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and as Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the Closed-End Complex provide the Board with direct knowledge of the operations of the Trust and its investment advisers. Dr. Gabbay’s long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
 
Board Leadership Structure and Oversight
 
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Trust. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer are two different people. Not only is the Chair of the Board an Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has five standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a Performance Oversight Committee and an Executive Committee. The role of the Chair of the Board is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to such Committee. The Chair of the Board or Committees may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committees from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Trust’s management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Trust’s advisory agreements, and may hold special meetings if required before their next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the Board to enhance effective oversight.
 
The Board decided to separate the roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer because it believes that an independent Chair:
 
  •  Increases the independent oversight of the Trust and enhances the Board’s objective evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer
 
  •  Allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Trust’s operations instead of Board administration
 
  •  Provides greater opportunities for direct and independent communication between shareholders and the Board
 
  •  Provides an independent spokesman for the Trust
 
The Board has engaged the Advisors to manage the Trust on a day-to day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisors, other service providers, the operations of the Trust and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Trust’s charter, and the Trust’s investment objective(s) and strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Trust’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisors and its role in running the operations of the Trust.
 
Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Trust is the responsibility of the Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisors. The Trust is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisors or other service providers, as applicable, it is not

A-25


Table of Contents

possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Trust. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees, also review reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, the Advisors, and internal auditors for the Advisors or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Trust’s activities and associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust’s compliance program and reports regularly to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
 
Audit Committee.  The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed of Karen P. Robards (Chair), Frank J. Fabozzi, James T. Flynn and W. Carl Kester, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint Michael J. Castellano to the Audit Committee once he ceases to be an “interested person” of the Trust. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting polices and practices of the Trust. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent auditors”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the independent auditors; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Trust; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the independent auditor or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Trust’s audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the Trust’s shareholder reports relating to the Trust’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board in considering the performance of the Trust’s internal audit function provided by its investment adviser, administrator, pricing agent or other service provider; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between Trust management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee.  The Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee composed of Richard E. Cavanagh, Frank G. Fabozzi, James T. Flynn, Jerrold B. Harris, W. Carl Kester and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint Michael J. Castellano, R. Glenn Hubbard and Kathleen F. Feldstein to the Governance and Nominating Committee once they cease to be “interested persons” of the Trust. The principal responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are: (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees and recommending Independent Trustee nominees for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect of Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; and (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees.
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Trust’s activities. In so doing, the Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the Trust in determining whether one or more new trustees should be added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Trust. The Trustees’ biographies included above highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring to the Trust.


A-26


Table of Contents

The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations for Trustees made by the Trust’s shareholders as it deems appropriate. Under the Trust’s By-laws, shareholders must follow certain procedures to nominate a person for election as a trustee at a shareholder meeting, or to introduce an item of business at a shareholder meeting. The Trust does not intend to hold regular annual shareholders’ meetings. Under these advance notice procedures, shareholders must submit the proposed nominee or item of business by delivering a notice to the Secretary of the Trust at its principal executive offices. Each Trust must receive notice of a shareholder’s intention to introduce a nomination or proposed item of business for a shareholder meeting called for the purpose of electing trustees not later than the close of business on the fifth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
 
The Trust’s By-laws provide that notice of a proposed nomination must include certain information about the shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed item of business must include a description of and the reasons for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other information about the shareholder.
 
Further, the Trust has adopted Trustee qualification requirements which can be found in the Trust’s By-laws and are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. Reference is made to the Trust’s By-laws for more details.
 
A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
 
Compliance Committee.  The Board has a Compliance Committee composed of Jerrold B. Harris (Chair) and Richard E. Cavanagh, each of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint Kathleen F. Feldstein and R. Glenn Hubbard to the Compliance Committee once they cease to be “interested persons” of the Trust. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Trust, the trust-related activities of BlackRock, and any sub-advisors and the Trust’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and its service providers; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Trust’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Trust and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports from and making certain recommendations in respect of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the Chief Compliance Officer’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance Committee.
 
Performance Oversight Committee.  The Board has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of Frank J. Fabozzi (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, James T. Flynn, Jerrold B. Harris, W. Carl Kester and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint Michael J. Castellano, Kathleen F. Feldstein and R. Glenn Hubbard to the Performance Oversight Committee once they cease to be “interested persons” of the Trust. The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Trust’s investment performance relative to the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) reviewing the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Trust’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing whether the Trust has complied with its investment polices and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Trust’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Performance Oversight Committee.
 
Executive Committee.  The Board has an Executive Committee composed of Richard E. Cavanagh and Karen P. Robards, both of whom are Independent Trustees, and Paul L. Audet, who serves as an interested Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Executive Committee include, without limitation: (i) acting on routine matters


A-27


Table of Contents

between meetings of the Board; (ii) acting on such matters as may require urgent action between meetings of the Board; and (iii) exercising such other authority as may from time to time be delegated to the Executive Committee by the Board. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Executive Committee.
 
As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the fiscal year, except that the Audit Committee met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm. Additionally, the Nominating and Governance Committee met in connection with the organization of the Trust to approve certain administrative matters.
 
Share Ownership
 
                 
          Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
 
          Securities Overseen by Trustees in
 
    Dollar Range of Equity
    the Family of Registered
 
Name of Trustee
  Securities in the Trust(*)     Investment Companies  
Independent Trustees
               
Michael J. Castellano†
  $ 0       over $100,000  
Richard E. Cavanagh
  $      0       over $100,000  
Frank J. Fabozzi
  $ 0       over $100,000  
Kathleen F. Feldstein†
  $ 0       over $100,000  
James T. Flynn
  $ 0       over $100,000  
Jerrold B. Harris
  $ 0       over $100,000  
R. Glenn Hubbard†
  $ 0       over $100,000  
W. Carl Kester
  $ 0       over $100,000  
Karen P. Robards
  $ 0       over $100,000  
Interested Trustees
Paul L. Audet
  $ 0       None         
Henry Gabbay
  $ 0       over $100,000  
 
* As of December 31, 2010. The Trustees could not own shares in the Trust as of this date because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations. The term “Family of Registered Investment Companies” refers to all registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or an affiliate thereof.
 
Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are currently “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust’s underwriters. Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano will cease to be “interested persons” once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.
 
Compensation of Trustees
 
Each Trustee (other than those who are employees or officers of the Advisors) is paid an annual retainer of $250,000 per year for his or her services as a Trustee of all BlackRock-advised closed-end funds (the “Closed-End Complex”) that are overseen by the respective director/trustee and each Trustee may also receive a $10,000 board meeting fee for special unscheduled meetings or meetings in excess of six Board meetings held in a calendar year, together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In addition, the Chair and Vice-Chair of the Board are paid an additional annual retainer of $120,000 and $40,000, respectively. The Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compliance Committee, Governance and Nominating Committee, and Performance Oversight Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $35,000, $20,000, $10,000, and $20,000, respectively. Each Audit Committee member is paid an additional annual retainer of $25,000. The Trust pays a pro rata portion quarterly (based on relative net assets) of the foregoing Trustee fees paid by the funds in the Closed-End Complex.
 
Dr. Gabbay is an interested person of the Trust and serves as an interested Trustee of three groups of BlackRock-advised funds — the Closed-End Complex and two complexes of open-end funds (the “Equity-Liquidity Complex” and the “Equity-Bond Complex”; each such complex, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Dr. Gabbay receives for his services as a Trustee of such BlackRock Fund Complexes (i) an annual retainer of $487,500 allocated to the funds in these three BlackRock Fund Complexes, including the Trust, based on their


A-28


Table of Contents

relative net assets and (ii) with respect to each of the two open-end BlackRock Fund Complexes, a Board meeting fee of $3,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Liquidity Complex) and $18,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Bond Complex) to be paid for attendance at each Board meeting up to five Board meetings held in a calendar year by each such complex (compensation for meetings in excess of this number to be determined on a case-by-case basis). Dr. Gabbay is also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. Dr. Gabbay’s compensation for serving on the boards of the funds in these BlackRock Fund Complexes (including the Trust) is equal to 75% of each retainer and, as applicable, of each meeting fee (without regard to additional fees paid to Board and Committee chairs) received by the Independent Trustees serving on such boards. The Board of the Trust or of any other fund in a BlackRock Fund Complex may modify the Trustees’ compensation from time to time depending on market conditions and Dr. Gabbay’s compensation would be impacted by those modifications.
 
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee’s total compensation paid by funds in the Closed-End Complex may be deferred pursuant to the Closed-End Complex’s deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain funds in the Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such funds in the Closed-End Complex. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are recorded as a liability for accounting purposes. A fund may, however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds in the Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustees in order to match its deferred compensation obligation.
 
The following table sets forth the estimated compensation that each of the Trustees would have earned from the Trust for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 and the aggregate compensation paid to them by all funds in the Closed-End Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2010.
 
                 
          Aggregate
 
          Compensation from
 
    Aggregate
    the Trust and
 
    Compensation
    Closed-End
 
Name
  from the Trust     Complex(1)  
Independent Trustees
               
Michael J. Castellano†
  $ 2,367     $ 0 (3)
Richard E. Cavanagh
  $ 3,185     $ 395,000 (2)
Frank J. Fabozzi
  $ 2,540     $ 320,000 (4)
Kathleen F. Feldstein†
  $ 2,152     $ 270,000 (5)
James T. Flynn
  $ 2,367     $ 275,000 (6)
Jerrold B. Harris
  $ 2,324     $ 275,000 (7)
R. Glenn Hubbard†
  $ 2,238     $ 260,000 (8)
W. Carl Kester
  $ 2,367     $ 300,000 (9)
Karen P. Robards
  $ 3,013     $ 400,000 (10)
Interested Trustees
Paul L. Audet
  $ 0     $ 0 (11)
Henry Gabbay
  $ 1,829     $ 212,500 (12)
 
 
Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are currently “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust’s underwriters. Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano will cease to be “interested persons” once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.
 
(1) Represents the aggregate compensation earned by such persons from the Closed-End Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2010. Of this amount, Mr. Cavanagh, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Feldstein, Mr. Flynn, Mr. Harris, Dr. Kester and Ms. Robards deferred $37,000, $14,750, $81,000, $137,500, $125,000, $75,000 and $35,000, respectively, pursuant to the


A-29


Table of Contents

Closed-End Complex’s deferred compensation plan. In addition, during the calendar year ended December 31, 2010, Mr. Cavanagh, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Feldstein and Dr. Hubbard received $24,857, $7,591, $3,478 and $18,883, respectively, due to deferred compensation payments in connection with fund liquidations.
 
(2) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $452,570 as of December 31, 2010. Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(3) Mr. Castellano was appointed to the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the funds in the Closed-End Complex on April 14, 2011. Therefore, for the purposes of this table, he received no compensation from the Closed-End Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(4) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $422,019 as of December 31, 2010. Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(5) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $410,327 as of December 31, 2010.
 
(6) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $547,940 as of December 31, 2010.
 
(7) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $498,128 as of December 31, 2010. Received a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a member of the Joint Product Pricing Committee, which is an ad hoc committee of the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes.
 
(8) As of December 31, 2010, Dr. Hubbard did not participate in the deferred compensation plan. Dr. Hubbard previously participated in the deferred compensation plan and is owed $705,827 by the Closed-End Complex as of December 31, 2010 pursuant to such plan.
 
(9) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $298,877 as of December 31, 2010. Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(10) Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $286,081 as of December 31, 2010. Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. Received a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a member of the Joint Product Pricing Committee, which is an ad hoc committee of the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes.
 
(11) Mr. Audet serves without compensation from the Trust because of his affiliation with BlackRock, Inc. and the Advisors.
 
(12) As of December 31, 2010, Mr. Gabbay did not participate in the deferred compensation plan. Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
 
As of September 30, 2011, the Independent Trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not including registered investment companies).
 
As of September 30, 2011, as a group, Trustees and officers owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares in the Trust because the Trust is commencing its offering coincident with the date of the prospectus. Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of the Advisors.


A-30


Table of Contents

Information Pertaining to the Officers
 
The officers of the Trust, their year of birth and their principal occupations during the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period) are shown in the tables below. The address of each officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055. Each officer is an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that individual’s position with BlackRock or its affiliates described in the table below.
 
             
Name, Address
  Position(s)
  Length of
  Principal Occupations(s)
and Year of Birth   Held with Trust   Time Served   During Past 5 Years
John Perlowski
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1964
  President and Chief Executive Officer   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Global Head of BlackRock Fund Administration since 2009; Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 2003 to 2009; Treasurer of Goldman Sachs Mutual Funds from 2003 to 2009 and Senior Vice President thereof from 2007 to 2009; Director of Goldman Sachs Offshore Funds from 2002 to 2009; Director of Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009.
Anne F. Ackerley
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1962
  Vice President   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; President and Chief Executive Officer of the BlackRock-advised funds from 2009 to 2011; Vice President of the BlackRock-advised funds from 2007 to 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s Global Client Group since 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group from 2006 to 2009; Head of BlackRock’s Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006.
Brendan Kyne
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1977
  Vice President   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2010; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2009; Head of Product Development and Management for BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group since 2009 and Co-head thereof from 2007 to 2009; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2005 to 2008.
Neal J. Andrews
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1966
  Chief Financial Officer   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Senior Vice President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. from 1992 to 2006.
Jay M. Fife
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1970
  Treasurer   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007; Director of BlackRock, Inc. in 2006; Assistant Treasurer of the MLIM and Fund Asset Management, L.P. advised funds from 2005 to 2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to 2006.
Brian P. Kindelan
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1959
  Chief Compliance Officer   Since 2011   Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised funds since 2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005.
Ira P. Shapiro
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1963
  Secretary   Since 2011   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Managing Director and Associate General Counsel of Barclays Global Investors from 2008 to 2009 and Principal thereof from 2004 to 2008.
 
With the exception of the Chief Compliance Officer, officers receive no compensation from the Trust. The Trust compensates the Chief Compliance Officer for his services as its Chief Compliance Officer.
 
Principal Owners of Common Shares
 
Prior to the public offering of the Common Shares, an affiliate of the Advisors purchased Common Shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act, which requires the Trust to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of the date of this Prospectus, this affiliate of the Advisors owned 100% of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares and therefore may be deemed


A-31


Table of Contents

to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur upon the closing of this offering.
 
Trust Management
 
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management.   The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of September 30, 2011.
 
                         
        Number of Other Accounts Assets for
    Number of Other Accounts Managed
  Which Advisory Fee is
    and Assets by Account Type   Performance-Based
    Other
  Other
      Other
  Other
   
    Registered
  Pooled
      Registered
  Pooled
   
Name of
  Investment
  Investment
  Other
  Investment
  Investment
  Other
Portfolio Manager
  Companies   Vehicles   Accounts   Companies   Vehicles   Accounts
 
Kathleen M. Anderson
  13
$17.51 billion
  2
$120.97 million
  3
$90.07 million
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
Robert M. Shearer
  15
$18.66 billion
  2
$120.97 million
  3
$90.07 million
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
Kyle G. McClements
  15
$6.34 billion
  2
$142.75 million
  1
$12.24 million
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
Dan Neumann
  2
$1.38 billion
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
Christopher Accettella
  1
$694.33 million
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
  0
$0
 
Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
 
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
 
Base compensation.   Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.
 
Discretionary Incentive Compensation
 
Generally, discretionary incentive compensation for Active Equity portfolio managers such as Ms. Anderson and Messrs. Shearer, McClements, Neumann and Accettella is based on a formulaic compensation program. BlackRock’s formulaic portfolio manager compensation program is based on team revenue and pre-tax investment performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance periods, as applicable. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks or rankings against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio management team is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to Ms. Anderson and Mr. Shearer, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts are Lipper Equity Income Funds, Lipper Natural Resources Funds and Lipper Utility Funds classifications. With respect to Mr. Neumann, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts is a customized benchmark combining Wilshire and MSCI Energy indices. There are no benchmarks associated with Messrs. McClements and Accettella compensation.
 
A smaller element of portfolio manager discretionary compensation may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service, market


A-32


Table of Contents

share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, technology and innovation. These factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management and the relevant Chief Investment Officers.
 
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation
 
Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. For some portfolio managers, discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage and that vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, upon vesting, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. Providing a portion of annual bonuses in deferred cash awards that notionally track the BlackRock investment products they manage provides direct alignment with investment product results.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards — From time to time long-term incentive equity awards are granted to certain key employees to aid in retention, align their interests with long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance. Equity awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Ms. Anderson and Messrs. Shearer, McClements, Neumann and Accettella have each received long-term incentive awards.
 
Deferred Compensation Program — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products. Each participant in the deferred compensation program is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts among various BlackRock investment options. Ms. Anderson and Messrs. Shearer, McClements, Neumann and Accettella have each participated in the deferred compensation program.
 
Other compensation benefits.   In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
 
Incentive Savings Plans  — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into an index target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in these plans.
 
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers.   The Trust is a newly-organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this SAI, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities issued by the Trust.
 
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest.   Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account.
 
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment


A-33


Table of Contents

management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Trust. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Trust by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Mr. Neumann may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Mr. Neumann may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.
 
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts over time. These policies also seek to achieve reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
 
Proxy Voting Policies
 
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Trust’s securities to the Advisor pursuant to the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisor will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Trust’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Trust or the Advisor, on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisor’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “Committee”) is aware of the real or potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a material, non-routine matter and if the Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Committee may retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisor’s clients. If the Advisor determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Group and/or the Advisor’s Legal and Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in its client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the Trusts’ Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the 12-month period ending June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 441-7762; and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov .
 
Codes of Ethics
 
The Trust and the Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference


A-34


Table of Contents

Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
Other Information
 
BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors. As of June 30, 2011, PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) owned 21.7% of BlackRock, Barclays PLC (“Barclays”) owned 19.7%, and institutional investors, employees and the public hold economic interests of 58.6%. With regard to voting stock, PNC owned 24.6%, Barclays owned 2.2%, and institutional investors, employees and the public own 73.2% of voting shares.
 
Prior to the June 1, 2011 repurchase of Bank of America Corporation’s (“Bank of America”) ownership interest in BlackRock, PNC owned 20.2% of BlackRock, Barclays owned 19.5%, Bank of America, through its subsidiary Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc., owned 7.1%, and institutional investors, employees and the public held economic interests of 53.2%. With regard to voting stock, PNC owned 25.1%, Barclays owned 2.3%, and institutional investors, employees and the public owned 72.6% of voting shares; Bank of America did not hold any voting stock.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. The securities in which the Trust invests are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. Purchases and sales of bonds on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are responsible for effecting securities transactions of the Trust and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to shareholders of the Trust and not according to any formula. The Advisor’s and the Sub-Advisors’ primary considerations in selecting the manner of executing securities transactions for the Trust will be prompt execution of orders, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the reliability, integrity and financial condition and execution capability of the firm, the difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There are many instances when, in the judgment of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisors, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services. In selecting among such firms, consideration is given to those firms which supply research and other services in addition to execution services. Consideration may also be given to the sale of shares of the Trust. However, it is not the policy of BlackRock, absent special circumstances, to pay higher commissions to a firm because it has supplied such research or other services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are able to fulfill their obligation to furnish a continuous investment program to the Trust without receiving research or other information from brokers; however, each considers access to such information to be an important element of financial management. Although such information is considered useful, its value is not determinable, as it must be reviewed and assimilated by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors, and does not reduce the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisors’ normal research activities in rendering investment advice under the investment management agreement or the sub-investment advisory agreements. It is possible that the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisors’ expenses could be materially increased if it attempted to purchase this type of information or generate it through its own staff.
 
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors manage may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust


A-35


Table of Contents

are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors in their discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trust’s Board that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Advisor’s or the Sub-Advisors’ organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
 
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to its affiliates. Pursuant to that order, the Trust also has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent (the “lending agent”) for a fee, including a fee based on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by that Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent. If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Advisor’s waiver of a portion of its advisory fee.
 
It is not the Trust’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. However, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the trust may be greater than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Trust costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
Barclays and PNC each have a significant economic interest in BlackRock, Inc., the parent of the Advisors. PNC is considered to be an affiliate of BlackRock, Inc., under the Investment Company Act. Certain activities of the Advisors, BlackRock, Inc. and their affiliates (collectively, “BlackRock”) and PNC and its affiliates (collectively, “PNC” and together with BlackRock, “Affiliates”), and those of Barclays and its affiliates (the “Barclays Entities”), with respect to the Trust and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, PNC or Barclays Entities, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest, such as those described below.
 
BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. PNC is a diversified financial services organization spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. Barclays is a major global financial services provider engaged in a range of activities including retail and commercial banking, credit cards, investment banking, and wealth management. BlackRock and PNC are affiliates of one another under the Investment Company Act. BlackRock, PNC, Barclays and their respective affiliates (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, trustees, managing members, officers and employees), including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Trust, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Trust. These are considerations of which investors in the Trust should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and companies that may be purchased or sold by the Trust.


A-36


Table of Contents

BlackRock and its Affiliates, as well as the Barclays Entities, have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Trust and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Trust. One or more Affiliates and Barclays Entities are also major participants in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case both on a proprietary basis and for the accounts of customers. As such, one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities are or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust may invest. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or customer accounts, will be executed independently of the Trust’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Trust.
 
When BlackRock and its Affiliates or the Barclays Entities seek to purchase or sell the same assets for their managed accounts, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in their good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Trust. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Trust, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur when investment decisions regarding the Trust are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Trust, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Trust receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Trust could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Trust to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
 
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Trust may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Trust may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities or their other accounts.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Trust has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Trust. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Trust’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity or their clients, and transactions for the Trust may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
 
The results of the Trust’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock and its Affiliates or the Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) managed or advised by them. It is possible that one or more Affiliate- or Barclays Entity-managed accounts and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Trust. Moreover, it is possible that the Trust will sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entity-managed accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The opposite result is also possible. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts and accounts under their management may also limit the investment opportunities for the Trust in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
 
From time to time, the Trust’s activities may also be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions.


A-37


Table of Contents

As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock, and/or one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities, will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock and/or one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities are performing services or when position limits have been reached.
 
In connection with its management of the Trust, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Trust in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, neither BlackRock nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Barclays Entity, will have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Trust and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Trust. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock and its Affiliates and the Barclays Entities, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Trust.
 
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of BlackRock are also principals or employees of BlackRock or another Affiliate. As a result, the performance by these principals and employees of their obligations to such other entities may be a consideration of which investors in the Trust should be aware.
 
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Trust in which customers of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, BlackRock or another Affiliate or a Barclays Entity, serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Trust, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Trust obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the profitability of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity. One or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities may also create, write or issue derivatives for their customers, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Trust invests or which may be based on the performance of the Trust. The Trust may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities and may also enter into transactions with other clients of an Affiliate or Barclays Entity where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Trust.
 
At times, these activities may cause departments of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Trust. To the extent affiliated transactions are permitted, the Trust will deal with BlackRock and its Affiliates or Barclays Entities on an arms-length basis. BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may also have an ownership interest in certain trading or information systems used by the Trust. The Trust’s use of such trading or information systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock and its Affiliates or Barclays Entities.
 
One or more Affiliates or one of the Barclays Entities may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Trust. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by an Affiliate or Barclays Entity will be in its view commercially reasonable, although each Affiliate or Barclays Entity, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to the Affiliate or Barclays Entity and such sales personnel.
 
Subject to applicable law, the Affiliates and Barclays Entities (and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Trust as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Trust or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Trust or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by an Affiliate or Barclays Entity of any such fees or other amounts.
 
When an Affiliate or Barclays Entity acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Trust, the Affiliate or Barclays Entity may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have


A-38


Table of Contents

an adverse effect on the Trust. The Trust will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Trust’s own credit standing. Neither BlackRock nor any of the Affiliates, nor any Barclays Entity, will have any obligation to allow their credit to be used in connection with the Trust’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Trust’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock or any of the Affiliates or Barclays Entities in evaluating the Trust’s creditworthiness.
 
Purchases and sales of securities for the Trust may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts. BlackRock and its Affiliates and the Barclays Entities, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.
 
Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Trust will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Trust. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Trust will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
 
BlackRock may select brokers (including, without limitation, Affiliates or Barclays Entities) that furnish BlackRock, the Trust, other BlackRock client accounts or other Affiliates or Barclays Entities or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software; and other services and products.
 
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing the Trust and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Trust based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Trust and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Trust and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
 
BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock.
 
BlackRock may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, including, where permitted, an Affiliate or Barclays Entity, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.
 
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing


A-39


Table of Contents

transactions on behalf of clients, including the Trust. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. This would have the effect of reducing the access fees paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.
 
BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Trust, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock and/or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see “Management of the Trust — Proxy Voting Policies.”
 
It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may, although they are not required to, purchase and hold shares of the Trust. Increasing the Trust’s assets may enhance investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Trust’s expense ratio.
 
It is possible that the Trust may invest in securities of companies with which an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity has or is trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as securities of entities in which BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity has significant debt or equity investments or in which an Affiliate or Barclays Entity makes a market. The Trust also may invest in securities of companies to which an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity provides or may some day provide research coverage. Such investments could cause conflicts between the interests of the Trust and the interests of other clients of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity. In making investment decisions for the Trust, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any division, department or Affiliate of BlackRock or of a Barclays Entity in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity may limit the Trust’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, BlackRock may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for the Trust.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and the Barclays Entities, their personnel and other financial service providers have interests in promoting sales of the Trust. With respect to BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities and their personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Trust or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock and its Affiliates or Barclays Entities and their sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Trust or its shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Trust may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee to its Affiliate or to a Barclays Entity, or relate to compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of BlackRock or its Affiliates or Barclays Entities and their personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account over another.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for their clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Trust’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the


A-40


Table of Contents

Trust’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Trust’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Trust’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
 
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest all or some of its short term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund or exchange-traded fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Trust, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund in which it invests, which may result in the Trust bearing some additional expenses.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Trust. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, employees and Affiliates of BlackRock or by Barclays Entities that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Trust. To lessen the possibility that the Trust will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Trust and BlackRock each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Trust’s portfolio transactions.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Trust, except that the Trust may, in accordance with rules adopted under the Investment Company Act, engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the Trust as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Trust and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be affected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Trust to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Trust, to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Trust may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Trust may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Trust wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Trust may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity, or in cases in which personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates or of Barclays Entities are directors or officers of the issuer. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Trust. For example, in regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, in certain futures and derivative transactions, and to comply with certain provisions of the Investment Company Act that prohibit affiliated transactions there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Trust or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. These limitations may cause the Trust to invest in different portfolios than other BlackRock funds, which may result in the Trust investing on less advantageous terms that such other funds or in different types of securities, such as non-voting securities, in order to comply with regulatory requirements.
 
If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Trust) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on


A-41


Table of Contents

behalf of clients (including the Trust), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities may maintain securities indices as part of their product offerings. Index-based funds seek to track the performance of securities indices and may use the name of the index in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities, may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities will not be obligated to license their indices to BlackRock, and BlackRock cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities will be as favorable as those terms offered to other index licensees.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities may serve as Authorized Participants in the creation and redemption of exchange traded funds, including funds advised by affiliates of BlackRock. BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities may therefore be deemed to be participants in a distribution of such exchange traded funds, which could render them statutory underwriters.
 
Custody arrangements may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Trust. This is because the custody arrangements with the Custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Trust leaves cash balances uninvested. When the Trust’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the Trust. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for a Trust with an expense cap in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance.
 
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities, including BlackRock Advisors, LLC, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The terms of preferred shares, if any, issued by the Trust, including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, would be determined by the Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) if and when it authorizes a preferred shares offering.
 
If the Board determines to proceed with an offering of preferred shares, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the preferred shares to be offered.
 
Liquidation Preference.   In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of any preferred shares then outstanding would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.
 
Voting Rights.   The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be


A-42


Table of Contents

elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at any time two years’ dividends on any preferred shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust’s subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust” in the Trust’s prospectus. As a result of these voting rights, the Trust’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding. The Board anticipates that, except as otherwise indicated in the prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.
 
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.
 
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust.   The terms of any preferred shares that may be offered are expected to provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of preferred shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust will increase that leverage.
 
Other Shares
 
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of common shares and, depending on their terms, any Preferred Shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust’s common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust has Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trust’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued


A-43


Table of Contents

and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.
 
Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Trust’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust’s income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust) or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
 
The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trust’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.
 
In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will decrease the Trust’s net assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.
 
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This discussion assumes that the Trust’s shareholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held


A-44


Table of Contents

for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust), and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Trust.
 
Taxation of the Trust
 
The Trust intends to elect to be, and to qualify for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any taxable year in which it meets the distribution requirements described below, the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net recognized capital gains.
 
In order to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources, which are referred herein as “Qualifying Income”: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities, loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in clause (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers (other than regulated investment companies) that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
 
Income from the Trust’s investments in equity interests of MLPs that are not Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships (if any) will be Qualifying Income to the extent it is attributable to items of income of such MLP that would be Qualifying Income if earned directly by the Trust.
 
The Trust’s investments in partnerships, including in Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships, may result in the Trust being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.
 
As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than net capital gain (as defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income and gain. If the Trust retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain (as defined below), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the retained amount at regular corporate tax rates. In addition, if the Trust fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for any taxable year, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of its income and gains at regular corporate tax rates.
 
The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to a tax on such amount at regular corporate tax rates. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of such undistributed net capital gain, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability, if


A-45


Table of Contents

any, and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its tax basis in its common shares by the excess of the amount described in clause (i) over the amount described in clause (ii).
 
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the excise tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
Dividends and distributions will be treated as paid during the calendar year if they are paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such dividend or distribution paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received by the Trust’s shareholders on December 31 of the year the dividend or distribution was declared, rather than when the dividend or distribution is actually received.
 
If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be taxed on all of its taxable income in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust’s shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) through 2012, for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to its shareholders its accumulated earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Trust as an additional tax. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years.
 
Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions (including the dividends received deduction), (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash (e.g., under the original issue discount rules), (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. The Trust will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
 
The MLPs in which the Trust intends to invest are expected to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The cash distributions received by the Trust from an MLP may not correspond to the amount of income allocated to the Trust by the MLP in any given taxable year. If the amount of income allocated by an MLP to the Trust exceeds the amount of cash received by the Trust from such MLP, the Trust may have difficulty making


A-46


Table of Contents

distributions to its shareholders in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining its status as a regulated investment company or avoiding U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust may have to dispose of securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate sufficient cash to satisfy the distribution requirements.
 
The Trust expects that the income derived by the Trust from the MLPs in which it invests will be Qualifying Income. If, however, an MLP in which the Trust invests is not a Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership, the income derived by the Trust from such investment may not be Qualifying Income and, therefore, could adversely affect the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company. The Trust intends to monitor its investments in MLPs to prevent to disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
 
If the Trust invests in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. Taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
Taxation of Shareholders
 
Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income (as defined above) (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”), whether paid in cash or reinvested in Trust shares, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. Certain properly designated distributions may, however, qualify (provided that holding period and other requirements are met by both the Trust and the shareholder) (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations or (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a reduced maximum rate to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for treatment as qualified dividend income or as to whether the favorable tax treatment for qualified dividend income will be extended by Congress for taxable years beginning after 2012.
 
Distributions made from net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to a shareholder but retained by the Trust, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains if they have been properly reported by the Trust, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned common shares of the Trust. Net long-term capital gain of individuals is generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate. For corporate taxpayers, net long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates.
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust’s common shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal.
 
Generally, after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary income dividends or capital gain dividends and other distributions.
 
The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders measured by the difference between the sale price and the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by the shareholder. Any loss a shareholder realizes on a sale or exchange of common shares of the Trust will be disallowed if the shareholder acquires other common shares of the Trust (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after


A-47


Table of Contents

the shareholder’s sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, the basis of the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.
 
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions with capital losses. There are several statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
An investor should be aware that if Trust common shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to reduce the trading value of such Trust common shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
 
A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). Actual or deemed distributions of the Trust’s net capital gain to a foreign investor, and gains recognized by a foreign investor upon the sale of the Trust’s common stock, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal withholding or income tax. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.
 
In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% will be required after December 31, 2013 on dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2014, on gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain United States persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons. Accordingly, the entity or entities through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, withholding at a rate of 30% will be required after December 31, 2013 on dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2014 on the gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.
 
For taxable years of the Trust beginning before January 1, 2012, properly designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Trust’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Trust’s net short-term capital gain over the Trust’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year).


A-48


Table of Contents

Depending on its circumstances, however, the Trust may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
Backup Withholding
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to non-exempt holders of the Trust’s common shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Trust.


A-49


Table of Contents

 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Shareholder and Board of Trustees of
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust:
 
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Trust”) as of October 12, 2011, and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the period from August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Trust is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust as of October 12, 2011, and the results of its operations and changes in its net assets for the period from August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
October 24, 2011


F-1


Table of Contents

 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
October 12, 2011
 
         
Assets:
       
Cash
  $ 133,012  
         
Liabilities:
       
Payable for organization costs
    33,000  
         
Net Assets:
  $ 100,012  
         
Net Assets Consist of:
       
Paid-in capital (Note 1)
  $ 133,012  
Accumulated net investment loss
    (33,000 )
Net Assets, October 12, 2011
  $ 100,012  
         
Net asset value per common share:
       
Equivalent to 6,964 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, par $0.001, unlimited shares authorized
  $ 14.36  
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Operations
For the period August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011
 
         
Investment Income:
  $  
Expenses:
       
Organization expenses
    33,000  
         
Net investment loss
  $ (33,000 )
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
For the period August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011
 
         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
       
Operations:
       
Net investment loss
  $ (33,000 )
         
Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations
    (33,000 )
         
Capital Share Transactions:
       
Net proceeds from the issuance of common shares
    133,012  
         
Net Assets:
       
Total increase in net assets
    100,012  
Beginning of period
     
         
End of period (including accumulated net investment loss of $33,000)
  $ 100,012  
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.   Organization and Significant Accounting Policies:
 
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Trust”) was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 25, 2011, and is registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust had no operations other than a sale to BlackRock HoldCo 2, Inc. of 6,964 shares of common stock for $133,012 ($19.10 per share).
 
The Trust’s financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), which may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosure in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Valuation:   US GAAP defines fair value as the price the Trust would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Trust fair values its financial instruments at market value using independent dealers or pricing services under policies approved by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”). Equity investments traded on a recognized securities exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market System (“NASDAQ”) are valued at the last reported sale price that day or the NASDAQ official closing price, if applicable. For equity investments traded on more than one exchange, the last reported sale price on the exchange where the stock is primarily traded is used. Equity investments traded on a recognized exchange for which there were no sales on that day are valued at the last available bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security. Investments in open-end registered investment companies are valued at net asset value each business day. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
 
The Fund values its bond investments on the basis of last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or pricing services. Floating rate loan interests are valued at the mean of the bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from a pricing service. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market transactions in comparable investments, various relationships observed in the market between investments and calculated yield measures. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are valued by independent pricing services using models that consider estimated cash flows of each tranche of the security, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.
 
Securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into US dollars using exchange rates determined as of the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Foreign currency exchange contracts are valued at the mean between the bid and ask prices and are determined as of the close of business on the NYSE. Interpolated values are derived when the settlement date of the contract is an interim date for which quotations are not available.
 
Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean between the last bid and ask prices at the close of the options market in which the options trade. An exchange-traded option for which there is no mean price is valued at the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that the prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option. Over-the-counter (“OTC”) options are valued by an independent pricing service using a mathematical model which incorporates a number of market data factors, such as the trades and prices of the underlying instruments.
 
In the event that application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or if a price is not available, the investment will be valued in accordance with a policy approved by the Board as reflecting fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). When determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the investment advisor and/or the sub-advisor seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the investment advisor and/or sub-advisor deems relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.


F-5


Table of Contents

Generally, trading in foreign instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of business on the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the values of such instruments may occur between the foreign market close and the close of business on the NYSE that may not be reflected in the computation of the Trust’s net assets. If events (for example, a company announcement, market volatility or a natural disaster) occur during such periods that are expected to materially affect the value of such instruments, those instruments may be Fair Value Assets and be valued at their fair value, as determined in good faith by the investment advisor using a pricing service and/or policies approved by the Board. Each business day, the Trust uses a pricing service to assist with the valuation of certain foreign exchange-traded equity securities and foreign exchange-traded and OTC options (the “Systematic Fair Value Price”). Using current market factors, the Systematic Fair Value Price is designed to value such foreign securities and foreign options at fair value as of the close of business on the NYSE, which follows the close of the local markets.
 
Income Taxes:   It is the Trust’s policy to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies and to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is required.
 
Recent Accounting Standard:   In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued amended guidance to improve disclosure about fair value measurements which will require the following disclosures for fair value measurements categorized as Level 3: quantitative information about the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the fair value measurement, a description of the valuation policies and procedures and a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs. In addition, the amounts and reasons for all transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 will be required to be disclosed. The amended guidance is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is evaluating the impact of this guidance on the Trust’s financial statements and disclosures.
 
Note 2.   Investment Advisory Arrangements:
 
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) and Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) are the largest stockholders of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”). Due to the ownership structure, PNC is an affiliate for 1940 Act purposes, but Barclays is not.
 
The Trust entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Manager”), the Trust’s investment advisor, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, to provide investment advisory and administration services. The Manager is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operations of the Trust. For such services, the Trust pays the Manager an annual fee, payable monthly, in a maximum amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.
 
The Manager entered into a sub-advisory agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”) and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), affiliates of the Manager. The Manager pays BFM and BIM for services they provide, a monthly fee that is a percentage of the investment advisory fees paid by the Trust to the Manager.
 
Note 3.   Organization Expenses and Offering Costs:
 
Organization expenses of $33,000 incurred by the Trust have been expensed. Offering costs, estimated to be approximately $1,790,650, limited to $.04 per share, will be charged to paid-in capital at the time common shares are sold.
 
Note 4.   Subsequent Events:
 
Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on the Trust through the date the financial statements were issued and has determined that there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
APPENDIX A
Ratings of Investments
 
Standard & Poor’s Corporation —  A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
 
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
  •  Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
  •  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
  •  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.


A-1


Table of Contents

BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
C A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


A-2


Table of Contents

B-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
B-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
B-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)
 
i This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
L Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
 
p This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
pi Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.
 
prelim Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.


A-3


Table of Contents

 
  •  Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
  •  A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
uns(...) Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.
 
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
 
A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
  •  Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
  •  Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
 
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.


A-4


Table of Contents

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.  — A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
 
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note:  Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted. Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.


A-5


Table of Contents

MIG1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
MIG2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
MIG3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
 
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
Other Ratings Symbols
 
Expected ratings.   To address market demand for timely information on particular types of credit ratings, Moody’s has licensed to certain third parties the right to generate “Expected Ratings.” Expected Ratings are designated by an “e” after the rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moody’s forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information from third-party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter associated with the particular securities) or established Moody’s rating practices (i.e., medium term notes are typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the note’s program rating). Expected Ratings will exist only until Moody’s confirms the Expected Rating, or issues a different rating for the relevant instrument. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions regarding Expected Ratings, or wish Moody’s to confirm an Expected Rating.
 
(P)  Provisional Ratings.   As a service to the market and at the request of an issuer, Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating when the assignment of a final rating is subject to the fulfillment of contingencies but it is highly likely that the rating will become definitive after all documents are received or an obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such ratings are typically assigned to shelf registrations under SEC rule 415 or transaction-based structures that require investor education. When a transaction uses a well-established structure and the transaction’s structure and terms are not expected to change prior to sale in a manner that would affect the rating, a definitive rating may be assigned directly.
 
Refundeds.   Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, e.g. , #Aaa.
 
WR  Withdrawn.   When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed. Please see Moody’s Guidelines for the Withdrawal of Ratings, available on www.moodys.com.
 
NR  Not Rated.   NR is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
 
NAV  Not Available.   An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
 
TWR  Terminated Without Rating.   The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.
 
Fitch IBCA, Inc.  — A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.


A-6


Table of Contents

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
 
Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales
 
AAA Highest Credit Quality.   ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
AA Very High Credit Quality.   ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
A High Credit Quality.   ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
BBB Good Credit Quality.   ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
BB Speculative.   ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
B Highly speculative.   ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
CCC Substantial credit risk.   Default is a real possibility.
 
CC Very high levels of credit risk.   Default of some kind appears probable.
 
C Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.   Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
 
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
 
c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.
 
RD Restricted default.   ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
 
a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
 
b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
 
c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or


A-7


Table of Contents

d. execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
Default.   ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below “B’.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the structured, project and public finance obligation rating scale include:
 
  •  The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of each rated tranche or security.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
 
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
 
F1  Highest short-term credit quality.   Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
F2  Good short-term credit quality.   Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
F3  Fair short-term credit quality.   The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
Speculative short-term credit quality.   Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.


A-8


Table of Contents

High short-term default risk.   Default is a real possibility.
 
RD  Restricted default.   Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
Default.   Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
 
  •  The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
 
  •  Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
  •  Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.


A-9


 

 
APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies
For The BlackRock-Advised Funds

December, 2009
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
      Introduction     B-2  
      Proxy Voting Policies     B-2  
        A. Boards of Directors     B-2  
        B. Auditors     B-3  
        C. Compensation and Benefits     B-3  
        D. Capital Structure     B-3  
        E. Corporate Charter and By-Laws     B-3  
        F. Environmental and Social Issues     B-3  
      Conflicts Management     B-4  
      Reports to the Board     B-4  


B-1


Table of Contents

 
I. Introduction
 
The Trustees/Directors (“Directors”) of the BlackRock-Advised Funds (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. Registered investment advisers (“BlackRock”), the investment adviser to the Funds, as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. The Directors hereby direct BlackRock to vote such proxies in accordance with this Policy, and any proxy voting guidelines that the Advisor determines are appropriate and in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders and which are consistent with the principles outlined in this Policy. The Directors have authorized BlackRock to utilize an unaffiliated third-party as its agent to vote portfolio proxies in accordance with this Policy and to maintain records of such portfolio proxy voting.
 
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires, among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.
 
BlackRock has adopted separate but substantially similar guidelines and procedures that are consistent with the principles of this Policy. BlackRock’s Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”), addresses proxy voting issues on behalf of BlackRock and its clients, including the Funds. The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management and Administration Groups and is advised by BlackRock’s Legal and Compliance Department.
 
BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund in a manner that BlackRock, in the exercise of its independent business judgment, concludes are in the best economic interests of such Fund. In some cases, BlackRock may determine that it is in the best economic interests of a Fund to refrain from exercising the Fund’s proxy voting rights (such as, for example, proxies on certain non-U.S. Securities that might impose costly or time-consuming in-person voting requirements). With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is also driven by our clients’ economic interests. The evaluation of the economic desirability of recalling loans involves balancing the revenue producing value of loans against the likely economic value of casting votes. Based on our evaluation of this relationship, BlackRock believes that the likely economic value of casting a vote generally is less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. Periodically, BlackRock analyzes the process and benefits of voting proxies for securities on loan, and will consider whether any modification of its proxy voting policies or procedures are necessary in light of any regulatory changes.
 
BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines. BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines provide detailed guidance as to how to vote proxies on certain important or commonly raised issues. BlackRock may, in the exercise of its business judgment, conclude that the proxy voting guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is requested, or that an exception to the proxy voting guidelines would be in the best economic interests of a Fund. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of such issuer) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates. When voting proxies, BlackRock attempts to encourage companies to follow practices that enhance shareholder value and increase transparency and allow the market to place a proper value on their assets.
 
II. Proxy Voting Policies
 
A.   Boards of Directors
 
The Funds generally support the board’s nominees in the election of directors and generally supports proposals that strengthen the independence of boards of directors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that a company’s board of directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information


B-2


Table of Contents

regarding a company’s business and prospects, and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Funds therefore believe that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of responsible, qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, consideration may be given to a director nominee’s history of representing shareholder interests as a director of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, or other factors to the extent deemed relevant by the Committee.
 
B.   Auditors
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Funds anticipate that BlackRock will generally defer to a corporation’s choice of auditor, in individual cases, consideration may be given to an auditors’ history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, to the extent deemed relevant.
 
C.   Compensation and Benefits
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Funds favor disclosure of a company’s compensation and benefit policies and oppose excessive compensation, but believe that compensation matters are normally best determined by a corporation’s board of directors, rather than shareholders. Proposals to “micro-manage” a company’s compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits should therefore generally not be supported.
 
D.   Capital Structure
 
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company, such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Funds expect that BlackRock will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.
 
E.   Corporate Charter and By-Laws
 
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a corporation’s charter or by-laws. As a general matter, the Funds generally vote against anti-takeover proposals and proposals that would create additional barriers or costs to corporate transactions that are likely to deliver a premium to shareholders.
 
F.   Environmental and Social Issues
 
These are shareholder proposals addressing either corporate social and environmental policies or requesting specific reporting on these issues. The Funds generally do not support proposals on social issues that lack a demonstrable economic benefit to the issuer and the Fund investing in such issuer. BlackRock seeks to make proxy voting decisions in the manner most likely to protect and promote the long-term economic value of the securities held in client accounts. We intend to support economically advantageous corporate practices while leaving direct oversight of company management and strategy to boards of directors. We seek to avoid micromanagement of companies, as we believe that a company’s board of directors is best positioned to represent shareholders and oversee management on shareholders behalf. Issues of corporate social and environmental responsibility are evaluated on a case-by-case basis within this framework.


B-3


Table of Contents

 
III. Conflicts Management
 
BlackRock maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent any relationship between the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of the issuer) and a Fund, a Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, from having undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. In certain instances, BlackRock may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard against potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law. The independent fiduciary may either vote such proxies or provide BlackRock with instructions as to how to vote such proxies. In the latter case, BlackRock votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination.
 
IV. Reports To the Board
 
BlackRock will report to the Directors on proxy votes it has made on behalf of the Funds at least annually.


B-4


Table of Contents

 
APPENDIX C
 
General Characteristics and Risks
of Strategic Transactions
 
In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the prospectus, the Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust may engage in such activities in the Advisor’s or Sub-Advisors’ discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trust’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.
 
Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices
 
The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on bond indices (“index options”). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the bond index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put option on a debt security could protect the Trust’s holdings in a security or a number of securities against a substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline be low the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC Options”) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
 
The Trust’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust must rely on the credit quality of the


C-1


Table of Contents

counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest long-term credit ratings, and with primary United States government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
 
Futures Contracts and Related Options
 
Characteristics.   The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate changes or other market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
 
Margin Requirements.   At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of “variation margin” may be required, a process known as “marking to the market.” Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
 
Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures.   The Trust’s use of futures and options on futures will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Under such regulations the Trust currently may enter into such transactions without limit for bona fide hedging purposes, including risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options for non-hedging purposes to enhance income or gain provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than bona fide hedging, or risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the Trust’s liquidation value, i.e., net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trust’s board of trustees at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract. The Trust reserves the right to comply with such different standard as may be established from time to time by CFTC rules and regulations with respect to the purchase or sale of futures contracts or options thereon.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements.   Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid high grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.


C-2


Table of Contents

Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.   With respect to hedging and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the position being hedged create the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater than gains in the value of the Trust’s position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments predominantly for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on the Advisor’s and the Sub-Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an on going greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.
 
Regulatory Considerations.   The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.


C-3


Table of Contents

PART C
 
Other Information
 
Item 25.   Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
(1) Financial Statements
 
Part A — None
 
  Part B — Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(2) Exhibits
 
The agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.
 
The Trust acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.
 
(a) Agreement and Declaration of Trust(1)
 
(b) By-Laws(1)
 
(c) Inapplicable
 
(d) Inapplicable
 
(e) Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)
 
(f) Inapplicable
 
(g) (1) Form of Investment Management Agreement(*)
 
(g) (2) Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.(*)
 
(g) (3) Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC(*)
 
(h) (1) Form of Underwriting Agreement(*)
 
(h) (2) Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(*)
 
(h) (3) Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement(*)
 
(h) (4) Form of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (5) Form of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (6) Form of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (7) Form of UBS Securities LLC Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (8) Form of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (9) Form of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement(*)
 
(h) (10) Form of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Syndication Fee Agreement(*)
 
(i) Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan(1)


C-1


Table of Contents

 
(j) (1) Custody Agreement(*)
 
(j) (2) Foreign Custody Manager Agreement(*)
 
(k) (1) Stock Transfer Agency Agreement(*)
 
(k) (2) Administration and Accounting Services Agreement(*)
 
(l) Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust(*)
 
(m) Inapplicable
 
(n) Consent of Independent Public Accountants(*)
 
(o) Inapplicable
 
(p) Initial Subscription Agreement(1)
 
(q) Inapplicable
 
(r) (1) Code of Ethics of Trust(1)
 
(r) (2) Code of Ethics of Advisor and Sub-Advisors(1)
 
(s) Powers of Attorney(1)
 
          
 
 
(*) Filed herewith.
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2011
 
Item 26.   Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant’s shares of beneficial interest to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.
 
Item 27.   Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:
 
         
Registration fee
  $ 28,650  
NYSE listing fee
  $ 30,000  
Printing (other than certificates)
  $ 565,000  
Engraving and printing certificates
  $ 2,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
  $ 8,000  
Legal fees and expenses
  $ 415,000  
FINRA fee
  $ 25,000  
Miscellaneous
  $ 750,000  
Total
  $ 1,823,650  
 
Item 28.   Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant
 
None.


C-2


Table of Contents

Item 29.   Number Of Holders Of Shares
 
As of November 18, 2011:
 
     
Title of Class
  Number of Record Holders
 
Shares of Beneficial Interest
  1
 
Item 30.   Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
 
5.1  No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.   No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2  Mandatory Indemnification.   (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor


C-3


Table of Contents

parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3  No Bond Required of Trustees.   No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder
 
5.4  No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.   No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5  Reliance on Experts, etc.   Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.


C-4


Table of Contents

Registrant has also entered into an agreement with Trustees and officers of the Registrant entitled to indemnification under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust pursuant to which the Registrant has agreed to advance expenses and costs incurred by the indemnitee in connection with any matter in respect of which indemnification might be sought pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
Reference is also made to:
 
Sections 10 and 11 of the Registrant’s Investment Management Agreement, a form of which is filed herewith as Exhibit (g)(1) to this Registration Statement
 
Sections 10 and 11 of each of the Registrant’s Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements, forms of which are filed herewith as Exhibits (g)(2) and (g)(3) to this Registration Statement
 
Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (h)(1) to this Registration Statement.
 
Additionally, the Registrant and the other funds in the BlackRock Closed-End Fund Complex jointly maintain, at their own expense, E&O/D&O insurance policies for the benefit of its Trustees, officers and certain affiliated persons. The Registrant pays a pro rata portion of the premium on such insurance policies.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be terminated to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Item 31.   Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor
 
BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of BlackRock Advisors, LLC, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Advisors, LLC or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock Advisors, LLC filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-47710).
 
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-48433).
 
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Investment Management, LLC or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-56972).


C-5


Table of Contents

Item 32.   Location Of Accounts And Records
 
The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and at the offices of the Bank of New York Mellon, the Registrant’s Custodian and Transfer Agent.
 
Item 33.   Management Services
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 34.   Undertakings
 
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
(2) Not applicable
 
(3) Not applicable
 
(4) Not applicable
 
(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any SAI constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.


C-6


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 21 st day of November, 2011.
 
  By: 
/s/  John Perlowski
John Perlowski
President, Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the 21 st day of November, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/   John Perlowski

John Perlowski
  President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/   Neal J. Andrews

Neal J. Andrews
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
     
*

Paul L. Audet
  Trustee
     
*

Michael J. Castellano
  Trustee
     
*

Richard E. Cavanagh
  Trustee
     
*

Frank J. Fabozzi
  Trustee
     
*

Kathleen F. Feldstein
  Trustee
     
*

James T. Flynn
  Trustee
     
*

Henry Gabbay
  Trustee
     
*

R. Glenn Hubbard
  Trustee
     
*

W. Carl Kester
  Trustee
     
*

Karen P. Robards
  Trustee
         
* By:  
/s/   John Perlowski

John Perlowski
as Attorney-in-Fact
   


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
(g)(1)      Form of Investment Management Agreement
 
(g)(2)      Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
 
(g)(3)      Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
 
(h)(1)      Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
(h)(2)      Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters
 
(h)(3)      Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement
 
(h)(4)      Form of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(5)      Form of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(6)      Form of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(7)      Form of UBS Securities LLC Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(8)      Form of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(9)      Form of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement
 
(h)(10)     Form of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Syndication Fee Agreement
 
(j)(1)       Custody Agreement
 
(j)(2)       Foreign Custody Manager Agreement
 
(k)(1)      Stock Transfer Agency Agreement
 
(k)(2)      Administration and Accounting Services Agreement
 
(l)         Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust
 
(n)         Consent of Independent Public Accountants

Exhibit (g)(1)
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
          AGREEMENT, dated November ____, 2011, between BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”), a Delaware statutory trust, and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Advisor ”), a Delaware limited liability company.
          WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”); and
          WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
          1. In General . The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
          2. Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Trust . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolios of the Trust; and (iv) provide investment research to the Trust.
          3. Duties and Obligations of Advisor with Respect to the Administration of the Trust . The Advisor also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent and other service providers, as the case may be) for the Trust. To the extent


 

requested by the Trust, the Advisor agrees to provide the following administrative services:
          (a) Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
          (b) Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
          (c) Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns, as applicable, and any other required tax returns;
          (d) Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
          (e) Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Trust, financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
          (f) Prepare for review by an officer of the Trust, the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) on Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR, Form N-PX, Form N-Q, and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
          (g) Prepare such reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s custodian, counsel or auditors;
          (h) Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
          (i) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees of the Trust may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
          (j) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, as the Board of Trustees of the Trust may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
          (k) Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;

2


 

          (l) Oversee the Trust’s portfolios and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
          (m) Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, accounting agent, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
          (n) Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
          (o) Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
          (p) Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
          (q) Provide such assistance to the Trust’s custodian, counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
          (r) Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the Trustees and officers of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
          (s) Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or transfer agent, any shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
          (t) Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Advisor.
          All services are to be furnished through the medium of any trustees, officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates as the Advisor deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Advisor may from time to time, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisors, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Advisor, to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust, or assign all or a portion of this agreement to any of its affiliates. The Advisor may terminate any or all sub-advisors in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

3


 

          The Trust will reimburse the Advisor or its affiliates for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
          4. Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust; and
          (b) In addition, the Advisor will:
     (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
     (ii) maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
     (iii) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any

4


 

purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
          5. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
          6. Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
          7. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.
          8. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or Directors/Trustees fees of any officers or Directors/Trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may

5


 

approve reimbursements to the Advisor of the pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised by the Advisor.
          9. Compensation of the Advisor . (a) The Trust agrees to pay to the Advisor and the Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, an aggregate monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the sum of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.
          For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
          (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
          10. Indemnity . (a) The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor’s trustees, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the trustees, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor’s request as trustee, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such

6


 

clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
          (b) The Trust may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the Trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide security for such Indemnitee undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of Trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
          (c) All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable or is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
          The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
          11. Limitation on Liability . (a) The Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Advisor or by the Trust in

7


 

connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
          12. Duration and Termination .
          (a) This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
          13. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
          14. Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge

8


 

or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
          15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
          16. Use of the Name BlackRock . The Advisor has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Advisor as the investment advisor to the Trust. The name or identifying word “BlackRock” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Advisor and any of its affiliates. The Advisor may require the Trust to cease using “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust, if the Trust, ceases to employ, for any reason, the Advisor, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment advisor of the Trust.
          17. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
          18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]

9


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit (g)(2)
SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
          AGREEMENT dated November ____, 2011, among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).
          WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
          WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;
          WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated November 22, 2011 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and
          WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
          1. Appointment . The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
          2. Services of the Sub-Advisor . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor: (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments

1


 

made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support the Trust’s investment operations. At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement. In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose. The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
          3. Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
               (b) In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:
               (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided

2


 

that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;
               (ii) maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees, such periodic and special reports as they may request;
               (iii) maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
               (iv) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
          4. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
          5. Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it

3


 

maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust as the case may be and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust, any such records upon the Trust’s request as the case may be. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).
          6. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.
          7. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.
          8. Compensation .
               (a) The Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, a monthly fee in arrears in an amount equal to 51% of the monthly advisory fees received by the Advisor from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor.
               (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of

4


 

Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
          9. Indemnity .
               (a) The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust, the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
               (b) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a

5


 

written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
               (c) All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
          The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
          10. Limitation on Liability .
               (a) The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
               (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
          11. Duration and Termination .
               (a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement

6


 

shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
               (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
          12. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
          13. Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
          14. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
          15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

7


 

          16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]

8


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

Exhibit (g)(3)
SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
          AGREEMENT dated November ___, 2011, among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).
          WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
          WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;
          WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated November 22, 2011 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and
          WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
          1. Appointment . The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
          2. Services of the Sub-Advisor . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor: (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments

1


 

made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support the Trust’s investment operations. At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement. In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose. The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
          3. Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
               (b) In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:
               (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided

2


 

that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;
               (ii) maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees, such periodic and special reports as they may request;
               (iii) maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
               (iv) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
          4. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
          5. Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it

3


 

maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust as the case may be and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust, any such records upon the Trust’s request as the case may be. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).
          6. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.
          7. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.
          8. Compensation .
               (a) The Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, a monthly fee in arrears in an amount equal to 51% of the monthly advisory fees received by the Advisor from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor.
               (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of

4


 

Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
          9. Indemnity .
               (a) The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust, the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
               (b) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a

5


 

written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
               (c) All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
          The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
          10. Limitation on Liability .
               (a) The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
               (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
          11. Duration and Termination .
               (a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement

6


 

shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
               (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
          12. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
          13. Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
          14. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
          15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

7


 

          16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]

8


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

Exhibit (h)(1)
                                    Shares
BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST, PAR VALUE $0.001
PER SHARE
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011

 


 

     November [ ], 2011
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
UBS Securities LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), is a newly organized, non-diversified closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”). The Trust proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) [ ] shares of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Firm Shares ”). The Trust also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ] shares of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares granted to the

- 1 -


 

Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share of the Trust to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Shares .”
     BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Adviser ”), acts as the Trust’s investment adviser pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between the Investment Adviser and the Trust (the “ Investment Management Agreement ”). BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BFM ”) acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser pursuant to a Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement among BFM, the Investment Adviser and the Trust (the “ BFM Sub-Advisory Agreement ”). BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BIM ”) acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser pursuant to a Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement among BIM, the Investment Adviser and the Trust (the “ BIM Sub-Advisory Agreement ”). Each of BFM and BIM is referred to herein as a “ Sub-Adviser ” and together as the “ Sub-Advisers .” The Investment Adviser, BFM and BIM are referred to together as the “ Advisers .” The BFM Sub-Advisory Agreement and the BIM Sub-Advisory Agreement are referred to herein together as the “ Sub-Advisory Agreements .”
     The Trust has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a notification on Form N-8A (the “ Notification ”) of registration of the Trust as an investment company and a registration statement on Form N-2, including a prospectus and a statement of additional information incorporated by reference in the prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares and filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 of the Securities Act, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”; any prospectus delivered to any person by the Trust, the Adviser or any agent or affiliate thereof before such Registration Statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the information included in any such Prospectus that was omitted from such Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including the statement of additional information contained therein, is herein referred to as a “ preliminary prospectus .” If the Trust has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Common Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. The Investment Company Act and the Securities Act are hereinafter referred to

- 2 -


 

collectively as the “ Acts ,” the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Advisers Act ” and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Acts, the Advisers Act and under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Rules and Regulations .”
     For purposes of this Agreement, “ Omitting Prospectus ” means any advertisement used in the public offering of the Shares pursuant to Rule 482 of the Rules and Regulations (“ Rule 482 ”) and “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus, dated October 26, 2011, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, and each Omitting Prospectus identified on Schedule II hereto as a Retail Omitting Prospectus, all considered together. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein, including the statement of additional information.
     1.  Representations and Warranties of the Trust and the Advisers . The Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof that:
     (a) The Trust meets the requirements for the use of Form N-2 under the Acts. The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued under the Securities Act, nor has there been any order of suspension or revocation of registration of the Trust under the Investment Company Act pursuant to the Investment Company Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending before or to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.
     (b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers did not, and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus does not contain

- 3 -


 

and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Trust in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.
     (c) The Trust has been duly formed, has a legal existence as a statutory trust and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the statutory trust power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing (i) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions herein contemplated or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of the Trust, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (“Trust Material Adverse Effect”). The Trust has no subsidiaries.
     (d) The Trust is registered with the Commission as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act and no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers threatened by the Commission. No person is serving or acting as an officer or trustee of, or investment adviser to, the Trust except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no trustee of the Trust is an “interested person” of the Trust or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, an “affiliated person” of any Underwriter (each as defined in the Investment Company Act). For purposes of this Section 1(d), the Trust and each of the Advisers shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and trustees.
     (e) Each of this Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreements, the Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. and the Trust (the “ Administration Agreement ”),] the Custodian Agreement between The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Custodian ”) and the Trust (the “ Custodian Agreement ”), the Foreign

- 4 -


 

Custody Manager Agreement between the Custodian and the Trust (the “ Foreign Custody Agreement ”) and the Transfer Agency Agreement between The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Transfer Agent ”) and the Trust (the “ Transfer Agency Agreement ”) (the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreements, the Administration Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Foreign Custody Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement being referred to herein collectively as the “ Fundamental Agreements ”) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trust. Each Fundamental Agreement complies with all applicable provisions of the Acts, the Advisers Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. Each Fundamental Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of the Trust, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (whether statutory or decisional) and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Trust has adopted the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “ Plan ”).
     (f) None of (A) the execution and delivery by the Trust of, and the performance by the Trust of its obligations under, this Agreement and each Fundamental Agreement or the adoption by the Trust of the Plan, or (B) the issue and sale by the Trust of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement contravenes or will contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “ Declaration ”) and By-laws of the Trust, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Trust that is material to the Trust or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Trust, whether foreign or domestic, except in the case of (i), (iii) or (iv) above, where such contravention does not or would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, self-regulatory organization or court or other tribunal, whether foreign or domestic, is required for the performance by the Trust of its obligations under this Agreement, the Fundamental Agreements or the Plan, except such as have been obtained and as may be required by the Acts, the Advisers Act, the Exchange Act, or the applicable Rules and Regulations, or by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, or such as which failure to obtain would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (g) The authorized shares of beneficial interest of the Trust conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Description of Capital Structure”, and the Declaration and By-laws of the

- 5 -


 

Trust, the Fundamental Agreements and the Plan conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (h) The Declaration and By-laws of the Trust, the Fundamental Agreements and the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of the Acts, the Advisers Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations, and all approvals of such documents required under the Investment Company Act by the Trust’s shareholders and Board of Trustees have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
     (i) The Fundamental Agreements and the Plan are in full force and effect and the Trust is not in default thereunder, and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by the Trust thereunder, except to the extent that such default would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Trust Material Adverse Effect. The Trust is not currently in breach of, or in default under, any other written agreement or instrument to which it or its property is bound or affected, except to the extent that such default would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (j) The Common Shares outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Declaration).
     (k) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Declaration), and the issuance of the Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
     (l) The Shares and any Common Shares outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance. The Trust’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the Exchange Act is effective.
     (m) Each Omitting Prospectus used with the consent of the Trust (i) complies in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 482, (ii) does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, (iii) complies in all material respects with the Acts, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) and (iv) was provided to you and your counsel for filing. Except for the Omitting Prospectuses identified on Schedule II hereto, the Trust has not prepared, used or referred to and will not, without your prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably

- 6 -


 

withheld, conditioned or delayed, prepare, use or refer to any prospectus or other advertising material in reliance upon Rule 482 of the Rules and Regulations.
     (n) The responses of the Trust to the questionnaire relating to the FINRA conduct rules provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules are true, complete and correct in all material respects.
     (o) The Trust intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the Trust is eligible and intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.
     (p) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, prospects, properties or operations of the Trust from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, and there have been no transactions entered into by the Trust which are material to the Trust other than those in the ordinary course of its business or as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (q) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Trust, threatened to which the Trust is a party or to which any of the properties of the Trust is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect, or on the power or ability of the Trust to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations in all material respects.
     (r) The Trust has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders (including exemptive orders), certificates and permits of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations and courts and other tribunals, whether foreign or domestic, to own and use its assets and to conduct its

- 7 -


 

business in the manner described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to obtain or file the foregoing would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (s) Each preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 497 of the Rules and Regulations, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations.
     (t) The statement of assets and liabilities, together with the related notes to such statements, included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus presents fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Trust as of the date indicated and said statement has been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose report appears in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and who have certified the financial statements and supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations.
     (u) There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Trust to invest its assets as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as described therein.
     (v) All advertisements authorized by the Trust for use in the offering of the Shares complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Acts, the applicable Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations of FINRA and there are no such advertisements authorized by the Trust or the Advisers other than (i) the Omitting Prospectuses identified in Schedule II hereto and (ii) any advertisement that complies with Rule 135a of the Rules and Regulations and that you have approved in writing.
     (w) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Trust and any person granting such person the right to require the Trust to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Trust or to require the Trust to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.
     (x) The expense summary information set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Summary of Trust Expenses” has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Form

- 8 -


 

N-2 and any fee projections or estimates, if applicable, are reasonably based and believed, at the time such projections or estimates were made, to be attainable.
     (y) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Trust has not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Trust has not purchased any of its outstanding shares of beneficial interest, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its shares of beneficial interest (other than, in the event this representation and warranty is made after the Closing Date, ordinary and customary dividends declared and payable after the Closing Date); and (iii) there has not been any material change in the shares of beneficial interst, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Trust except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.
     (z) The Trust owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by it in connection with the business now operated by it; provided that the Trust’s right to use the name “BlackRock” is limited as set forth in Section 16 of the Investment Management Agreement. The Trust does not own any intellectual property concerning the name “BlackRock.” The Trust has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (aa) The Trust maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the date of the Trust’s most recent audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Trust’s internal control over

- 9 -


 

financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. The Trust maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the Investment Company Act) and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective as required by the Investment Company Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations.
     (bb) Neither the Trust nor, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, any employee nor agent of the Trust has made any payment of funds of the Trust or received or retained any funds on behalf of the Trust, which payment, receipt or retention is of a character required to be disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement.
     (cc) To the knowledge of the Trust and the Advisers, The Bank of New York Mellon is duly enrolled as a participant in the Fast Automated Transfer Program (FAST) of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”).
     (dd) The Trust does not own any real property and the Trust does not hold under lease any real property or buildings.
     (ee) Neither the Trust nor any of its subsidiaries, trustees, officers, or employees, nor, to the Trust’s knowledge, any affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 405), agent or representative of the Trust or of any of its subsidiaries, has taken or will take any action in connection with the Trust in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Trust and to the Trust’s knowledge its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 405) have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.
     (ff) The operations of the Trust are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism

- 10 -


 

Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Trust conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Trust with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, threatened.
     (gg) (i) The Trust represents that neither the Trust nor any of its subsidiaries, trustees, officers, employees, nor, to the Trust’s or Adviser’s knowledge, any affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 405), agent or representative of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Trust Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Trust Person that is: (A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor (B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
          (ii) The Trust represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Trust Person: (A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Trust Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or (B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Trust Person (including any Trust Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
          (iii) The Trust represents and covenants that, for the past five (5) years, it has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Trust Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
     2.  Representations and Warranties of the Advisers . Each Adviser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof that:
     (a) Such Adviser has been duly organized, is validly existing as a limited liability company, in the case of the Investment Adviser, as a corporation, in the case of BFM, and as a limited liability company, in the case of BIM, each in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its

- 11 -


 

organization, has the power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing (i) would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Adviser’s performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions herein contemplated or (ii) would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of such Adviser, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (“Adviser Material Adverse Effect”). Such Adviser has no subsidiaries.
     (b) Such Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Management Agreement as an investment adviser to the Trust as contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in the case of the Investment Adviser, or from acting as the sub-adviser under the applicable Sub-Advisory Agreement, in the case of a Sub-Adviser, and no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of such Adviser, threatened by the Commission.
     (c) This Agreement and each of the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreements, the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC dated November [ ], 2011 and the Syndication Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Morgan Stanley Fee Agreements ”), the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Citi Fee Agreement ”), the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Merrill Lynch Fee Agreement ”), the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and UBS Securities LLC dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ UBS Fee Agreement ”), the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Wells Fargo Fee Agreement ”) and the Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Ameriprise Fee Agreement ”) (the Morgan Stanley Fee Agreements, the Citi Fee Agreement, the Merrill Lynch Fee Agreement, the UBS Fee Agreement, the Wells Fargo Fee Agreement and the Ameriprise Fee Agreement are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Fee Agreements

- 12 -


 

and the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreements and the Fee Agreements are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Adviser Agreements ”) to which such Adviser is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Adviser. Each of the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party complies with all applicable provisions of the Acts, the Advisers Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. Each of the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party is a valid and binding agreement of such Adviser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of such Adviser’s obligations thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (whether statutory or decisional) and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). The representations and warranties made by the Investment Adviser in this paragraph in regards to the Fee Agreements are made only as of the Closing Date and the Investment Adviser makes no representation or warranty as to the enforceability of the Fee Agreements against, or as to a conflict or breach of law or the need for any consent, approval or authorization owing to, or as result of or arising out of the legal or regulatory status of, any Underwriter party to such an agreement.
     (d) The execution and delivery by such Adviser of, and the performance by such Adviser of its obligations under the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law or (ii) the operating agreement or By-laws of such Adviser or (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Adviser that is material to such Adviser or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Adviser, whether foreign or domestic, except in the case of (i), (iii) or (iv) above where such contravention would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, self-regulatory organization or court or other tribunal, whether foreign or domestic, is required for the performance by such Adviser of its obligations under the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party, except such as have been obtained and as may be required by the Acts, the Advisers Act, the Exchange Act or the applicable Rules and Regulations, or by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, or such as which the failure to obtain would neither have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect nor a Trust Material Adverse Effect.

- 13 -


 

     (e) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such Adviser, threatened to which such Adviser is a party or to which any of the properties of such Adviser is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or a material adverse effect on the power or ability of such Adviser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents applicable to such Adviser that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.
     (f) Such Adviser has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders (including exemptive orders), certificates and permits of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations and courts and other tribunals, whether foreign or domestic, to own and use its assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent described in the Prospectus or that the failure to obtain or file the foregoing would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect or a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (g) Such Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and by the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party .
     (h) The Investment Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreements to which such Adviser is a party are in full force and effect and such Adviser is not in default thereunder, and, no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by such Adviser under such document.
     (i) All information furnished by such Adviser for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, including, without limitation, the description of such Adviser, does not, and on the Closing Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading (in the case of the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which such statement was made).

- 14 -


 

     (j) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, business prospects, properties or operations of such Adviser from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, and there have been no transactions entered into by such Adviser which are material to such Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business or as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (k) Neither such Adviser nor any director, officer, employee, nor, to such Adviser’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 405) or representative of such Adviser, has taken or will take any action in connection with the Fund in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and such Adviser and its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the FCPA, and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.
     (l) The operations of such Adviser are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Adviser with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of such Adviser, threatened.
     (m) (i) Such Adviser represents that neither it nor any director, officer, employee, nor, to such Adviser’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 405) or representative of such Adviser, is an individual or entity (“ Adviser Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by an Adviser Person that is: (A) the subject of any Sanctions, nor (B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
          (ii) Such Adviser represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Adviser Person: (A) to fund or facilitate any activities or

- 15 -


 

business of or with any Adviser Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or (B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Adviser Person (including any Adviser Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
          (iii) Such Adviser represents and covenants that, for the past five (5) years, it has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Adviser Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
     3.  Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Trust hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Trust the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $19.10 a share (the “ Purchase Price ”).
     On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Trust agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL SHARES] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Trust and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, not later than 45 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
     The Trust hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the

- 16 -


 

date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the Trust from issuing Common Shares pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Trust issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Trust occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Trust announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Trust will provide Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the restricted period. The agreements contained in this paragraph shall not apply to the Shares to be sold hereunder or any Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan.
     4.  Terms of Public Offering . The Trust and the Advisers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Trust and the Advisers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $20.00 a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”), and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[0.60] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[0.10] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.
     5.  Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Trust in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time), on November [ ], 2011, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [10 business days after Closing Date], as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

- 17 -


 

     Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Trust in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time), on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [45 DAYS AFTER November [ ], 2011 PLUS 10 BUSINESS DAYS], as shall be designated in writing by you.
     The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you through the facilities of DTC on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.
     6.  Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The respective obligations of the Trust and the Advisers and the several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ] P.M. (New York City time) on the date hereof.
     The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:
     (a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), (1) in the case of the Trust, there shall not have occurred (A) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (i) of this Section 6, or (B) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, business prospects, properties or operations of the Trust, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and, (2) in the case of each Adviser, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, business prospects, properties, operations, management or personnel of the Adviser, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the effect of which in any case referred to in clause (1) or (2) above is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse and that makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to market the

- 18 -


 

Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date certificates, dated the Closing Date, of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer (or officers acting in similar capacities) of the Trust and an executive officer of each Adviser, to the effect (i) that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are, as of the Closing Date, pending before or, to the knowledge of the Trust or such Adviser, threatened by the Commission, (ii) that the representations and warranties of the Trust or such Adviser contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date, (iii) that the Trust or such Adviser has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date, and (iv) as set forth in Section 6(a) above, with respect to the Trust or such Adviser, as applicable.
     Each officer signing and delivering such a certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
     (c) Each of the Advisers and the Trust shall have performed all of their respective obligations to be performed hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date.
     (d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (“ Skadden ”), special counsel for the Trust, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the representatives of the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3 hereto,
     (e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date (i) an opinion of internal, counsel for the Adviser, (ii), an opinion of internal, counsel for BFM, and (iii) an opinion of internal, counsel for BIM, each dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the representatives of the Underwriters, to the effect respectively set forth in Exhibit A-4, Exhibit A-5 and Exhibit A-6 hereto.
     (f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date the favorable opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP (“ Clifford Chance ”), counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, and covering such matters as the Underwriters shall reasonably request.
     In rendering the opinions described in Section 6(f) above, as to matters of Delaware law, Clifford Chance may rely on the opinion of Skadden, so long as a

- 19 -


 

copy of such opinion of Skadden is delivered to you and is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you and your counsel, and such opinion of Skadden expressly permits reliance thereon by Clifford Chance for purposes of rendering the foregoing opinion.
     (g) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, from a duly authorized officer of each of the Custodian and the Transfer Agent, certifying that the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement, as applicable, is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement of the Custodian or the Transfer Agent, as applicable.
     (h) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate from a duly authorized officer of the Adviser certifying that the Administration Agreement is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement of the Adviser.
     (i) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.
     (j) All filings, applications and proceedings taken by the Trust and the Advisers in connection with the organization and registration of the Trust and the Shares under the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters.
     (k) No action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, threatened by the Commission which would adversely affect the Trust’s standing as a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act or the standing of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser as a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act.
     (l) The Shares shall have been duly authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance thereof.
     (m) On the Closing Date, the Adviser shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements,

- 20 -


 

executed by such Adviser and dated the Closing Date, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Adviser for each of the other parties thereto.
     The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Trust and the Advisers, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares, and officers’ certificates and opinions of Skadden, internal counsel for the Investment Adviser, internal counsel for BFM, internal counsel for BIM and Clifford Chance to the effect set forth above, except that such certificates and opinions shall be dated as of the applicable Option Closing Date and statements and opinions above contemplated to be given as of the Closing Date shall instead be made and given as of such Option Closing Date.
     7.  Covenants of the Trust and the Advisers . In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, covenant and agree with each Underwriter as follows:
     (a) To notify you promptly, and confirm such notice in writing, (i) of the institution of any proceedings pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act and (ii) of the happening of any event during the period mentioned in Section 7(h) below which in the judgment of the Trust makes any statement in the Notification, the Registration Statement the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus or the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any change in or addition to the Notification, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading in any material respect. If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or an order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act, the Trust will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment.
     (b) To furnish to you, without charge, three signed copies of each of the Notification and the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of each of the Notification and the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

- 21 -


 

     (c) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 497 of the Rules and Regulations any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
     (d) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed Omitting Prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Trust and not to use or refer to any proposed Omitting Prospectus to which you reasonably object.
     (e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order that the Time of Sale Prospectus not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
     (f) The Trust will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares in the manner specified in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (g) The Trust and the Advisers will not take any action designed to cause or result in the manipulation of the price of any security of the Trust to facilitate the sale of Shares in violation of the Acts or the Exchange Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations, or the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of Shares.

- 22 -


 

     (h) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Trust) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
     (i) To use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the Trust’s qualification as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.
     (j) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided, however , that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
     (k) To make generally available to the Trust’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Trust occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations, including Rule 158, of the Commission thereunder.
     (l) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Trust and the Advisers under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Trust’s counsel and the Trust’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Notification, the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale

- 23 -


 

Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any Omitting Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Trust and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification, if any, of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(j) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Shares and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost, if any, of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Trust relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Trust, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Trust and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Trust hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. The Trust and the Investment Adviser agree that the Trust will pay the foregoing costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement to the extent such costs and expenses, together with the organizational expenses of the Trust, do not exceed, in the aggregate, $0.04 per Share sold under this Agreement, and the Investment Adviser agrees to pay (a) all the foregoing costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement that, together with the organizational expenses of the Trust, exceed, in the aggregate, $0.04 per Share sold under this Agreement and (b) the foregoing costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Investment Adviser under this Agreement. It is

- 24 -


 

understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 8 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 10 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
     (m) The Trust will not declare or pay any dividend or other distribution on any of the Common Shares unless a holder of such Common Shares that was not a holder of record until the close of business on [45 DAYS AFTER November [ ], 2011 PLUS 10 BUSINESS DAYS] would be entitled to receive the full amount thereof.
     8.  Indemnity and Contribution. (a) Each of the Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors or trustees (as the case may be), each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations that have participated as a broker/dealer or selling agent in the offering from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim), caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any Omitting Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus (including any statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference), the Time of Sale Prospectus, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any Omitting Prospectus, preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made), except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Trust or the Advisers in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.
     (b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Trust and the Advisers, its directors or trustees (as the case may be), and each officer of the Trust who signs the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Trust or any Adviser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Trust and the Advisers to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Trust or the Advisers in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement,

- 25 -


 

any preliminary prospectus (including any statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference), the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.
     (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or Section 8(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and all persons who are affiliates of any Underwriters within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations that have participated as a broker/dealer in the offering, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Trust, its trustees, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of either such Section, and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Advisers, their directors or trustees, as the case may be, and each person, if any, who controls any of the Advisers within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons, agents, directors, officers and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. In the case of any such separate firm for the Trust, and such trustees, officers and control persons of the Trust, such firm shall be

- 26 -


 

designated in writing by the Trust. In the case of any such separate firm for the Advisers, and such directors and control persons of the Advisers, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Adviser. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Trust and the total underwriting discounts and

- 27 -


 

commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Trust or any of the Advisers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.
     (e) The Trust, the Advisers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
     (f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Trust and each of the Advisers contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter, or any affiliate that has participated as a broker/dealer in the offering of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of any of the Advisers, their officers or directors or any person controlling the Advisers or by or on behalf of the Trust, its officers

- 28 -


 

or trustees or any person controlling the Trust and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.
          (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 8, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act.
     9.  Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Trust, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Trust shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities, (v) there has been any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Trust or the Advisers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (vi), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.
     10.  Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
     If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and

- 29 -


 

the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Trust for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Trust or the Advisers. In any such case either you or the Trust shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
     If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Trust or any of the Advisers to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Trust or any of the Advisers shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
     11.  Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Trust, the Advisers and the Underwriters with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.
     (b) The Trust and the Advisers acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Trust, the Advisers or any other person affiliated with the Trust or the Advisers, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Trust and the Advisers only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the

- 30 -


 

Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Trust and the Advisers. The Trust and the Advisers waive to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of them may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     12.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
     13.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.
     14.  Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
     15.  Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the Trust, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
     16.  Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to the ECM Legal Department; UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171, Attention [ ] and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention [ ]; if to the Trust, the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser, shall be delivered, mailed or sent to [ ], Attention: [ ].
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

- 31 -


 

         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK UTILITY AND
     INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK FINANCIAL
     MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BLACKROCK INVESTMENT
     MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
UBS Securities LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and
     the several Underwriters named in
     Schedule I hereto
By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
         
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
By:   Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
         
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
By:   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
     Incorporated
         
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

By:   UBS Securities LLC
         
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
By:   Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
         
  By:      
    Name:   Jerry Raio   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

 


 

SCHEDULE I
         
    Number of Firm  
    Shares To Be  
           Underwriter   Purchased  
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
[Other Underwriters]
       
 
     
Total:
       
 
     
Sch. I

 


 

SCHEDULE II
Omitting Prospectuses
1.   Retail Omitting Prospectus:
 
    Investor Guide dated October 26, 2011.
 
2.   The following documents labeled “ For Registered Representative Use Only ”:
 
    Financial Advisor Guide dated October 26, 2011.
Sch. II

 


 

SCHEDULE III
Pricing Information
1.   Price per share to the Public: $20.00
 
2.   Number of Shares Sold: [ ]
 
3.   Number of Additional Shares: [ ]
Sch. III

 

Exhibit (h)(2)
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
FORM OF MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
April 1, 2009

 


 

     This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU”), dated as of April 1, 2009, is by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley,” or “ we ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ,” and collectively, an “ AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire. ” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:
I. GENERAL
      1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction. Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed

 


 

participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.
     “ Manager ” means Morgan Stanley, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Underwriting Obligation” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors.
     References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.
      1.2. Acceptance of AAU. You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such

3


 

subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
      1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire. Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.
II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS
      2.1. Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “ free writing prospectus ” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement,” Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

4


 

     As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release”) .
      2.2. Non-Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).
      2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements. You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “ Intersyndicate Agreement”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.
III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY
      3.1. Terms of Offering. You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters Securities”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the

5


 

Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and NASD, Inc., or “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.
      3.2. Offering Date. The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date.
      3.3. Communications. Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with

6


 

the Offering, and will abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any announcement, advertising, or publicity. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, and 10.12 hereof, you will not, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities in the Offering, without the consent of the Manager, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:
     (i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,
     (ii) (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however, that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials”),
     (iii) any “ issuer free writing prospectus ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), so long as such issuance or use has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,
     (iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable, and
     (v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data that is not “ Issuer Information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)

7


 

under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above used, or referred to by you, is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus” of yours). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus.
     Any advertisement or written information published, given, sent, or otherwise conveyed by you in violation of this Section 3.3 is referred to as “ Unauthorized Material.
      3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales. You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
      3.5. Sales to Dealers. You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “ Dealer ” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “ bank ” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
      3.6. Direct Sales. The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on

8


 

sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.
      3.7. Release of Unsold Securities. From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.
      3.8. International Offerings. In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities”) .
IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS
      4.1. Arrangements for Sales. Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

9


 

      4.2. Excess Sales. If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.
V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES
      5.1. Facilitation of Distribution. In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account (i.e., “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 of the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.
      5.2. Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager. If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager

10


 

may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
      5.3. Compliance with Regulation M. You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.
      5.4. Standby Underwritings. You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible

11


 

securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided, however, that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.
VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT
     You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
VII. EXPENSES
      7.1. Management Fee. You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

12


 

      7.2. Offering Expenses. You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.
VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS
      8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges. You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.
      8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities. Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.
      8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes. The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.
IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT
      9.1. Termination. Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or

13


 

terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.
      9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts. Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.
     Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be

14


 

determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.
      9.3. Certain Other Expenses. You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “ Action ”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.
      9.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not

15


 

reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus or Supplemental Material of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.
     Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720 or any FINRA successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

16


 

      9.5. Contribution. Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that no request will be made on behalf of any Underwriter guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Underwriter who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided, further, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon such Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that does not breach Section 3.3 hereof, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (the “ Contributing Underwriters ”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.
     In addition, you will pay your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In

17


 

Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.
      9.6. Separate Counsel. If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.
      9.7. Settlement of Actions. Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided, however, that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such

18


 

settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.
      9.8. Survival. Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.
      9.9. Replacement of Manager. If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter (s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected.
     Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.
     In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement.

19


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.
      9.10. Notice. When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.
X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS
      10.1. Knowledge of Offering. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.
      10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information. You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
      10.3. Name; Address. Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

20


 

      10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements. You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.
      10.5. FINRA Requirements. You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank. If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation: (a) the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130, and (b) the requirements of NASD Conduct Rule 2740 or any FINRA successor rule thereto, and you will not grant any concessions, discounts, or other allowances which are not permitted by that Rule. If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you will not make any sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 or any successor rule thereto, and that in making any sales of the Securities you will comply, as though you are a member of FINRA, with the requirements of the following rules (including any FINRA successor rules thereto): (a) FINRA Rule 5130, (b) NASD Conduct Rules 2730, 2740, and 2750, and (c) NASD Conduct Rule 2420, as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country. If you are a Bank, you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under NASD’s Rules of Fair Practice (or any FINRA successor rules thereto), and you will comply with NASD Conduct Rule 2420 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto) as though you were a member.
      10.6. Further State Notice. The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.
      10.7. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8. In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.
      10.8. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

21


 

      10.9. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.
     It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
      10.10. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.
      10.11. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters. Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.
      10.12. Electronic Distribution. By participating in the Offering or accepting the Invitation Wire, you will be deemed to be representing that either: (a) you are not making an on-line distribution; or (b) if you are making an on-line distribution, you are following procedures for on-line distributions previously reviewed by members of the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission, such members raised no objections to the procedures reviewed, and there have been no material changes to your procedures since that review.
      10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence. By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Morgan Stanley and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

22


 

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS
      11.1. Effect of Termination. If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.
      11.2. Sharing of Liability. If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.
      11.3. Arrangements for Purchases. The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
XII. MISCELLANEOUS
      12.1. Obligations Several. Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
      12.2. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.
      12.3. Termination of Master AAU. This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.

23


 

      12.4. Governing Law. This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.
      12.5. Amendments. This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.
      12.6. Notices. Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.
      12.7. Severability. In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      12.8. Counterparts. This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
     Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
             
 
  By:        
         
 
      Name:    
 
           
 
      Title:    
 
           
 
          (Authorized Officer)

24


 

Confirmed and accepted as of                                           , 20      
         
     
(Legal Name of Underwriter)    
 
       
     
(Address)    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       
 
  (Authorized Officer)    
(If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please attach instrument of authorization)

25


 

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
         
Term   Section Reference  
1933 Act
    1.1  
1934 Act
    3.5  
AAU
  Foreword
ABS Underwriter Derived Information
    2.1  
Additional Securities
    1.1  
Bank
    3.5  
Co-Managers
    1.1  
Commission
    2.1  
Contract Securities
    3.1  
Contributing Underwriters
    9.5  
Dealer
    3.5  
DTC
    5.2  
Fees and Commissions
    1.1  
FINRA
    3.1  
Firm Securities
    1.1  
Free Writing Prospectus
    2.1  
Guarantor
    1.1  
In Writing
    1.2  
Indemnified Party
    9.4  
Indenture
    1.1  
International Offering
    1.1  
Intersyndicate Agreement
    2.3  
Invitation Wire
  Foreword
Issuer
    1.1  
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus
    3.3  
Issuer Information
    3.3, 3.3  
Judgment Credit
    9.7  
Litigation
    9.4  
Losses
    9.4  
Manager
    9.9, 1.1  
Master AAU
  Foreward
NASD
    3.1  
Offering
  Foreword
Offering Circular
    2.2, 2.2  
Offering Date
    3.2  
Offering Price
    1.1  
Original Underwriting Obligation
    1.1  
Preliminary Offering Circular
    2.2  
Preliminary Prospectus
    2.1  
Pricing Date
    1.1  
Proceeding
    12.4  
Prospectus
    2.1  
Purchase Price
    1.1  
QIU
    9.4  

26


 

         
Term   Section Reference  
Reallowance
    1.1  
Registered Offering
    2.1  
Registration Statement
    2.1  
Regulation M
    5.1  
Representative
    1.1  
Securities
    1.1  
Securities Offering Reform Release
    2.1  
Seller
    1.1  
Selling Concession
    1.1  
Settlement Date
    1.1  
Supplemental Materials
    3.3  
Syndicate Counsel
    9.6  
Trustee
    1.1  
Unauthorized Material
    3.3  
Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus
    3.3  
Underwriters
    1.1, 1.1  
Underwriters’ Securities
    3.1  
Underwriting Agreement
    1.1  
Underwriting Percentage
    1.1  
Wire
  Foreword

27


 

EXHIBIT A
UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE
     In connection with each Offering governed by the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated April 1, 2009, except as indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”), each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer that, other than as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be (Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU):
     (a) neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;
     (b) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;
     (c) other than as may be stated in the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated April 1, 2009, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;
     (d) other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, or the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, and such Underwriter does not know of any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;
     (e) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;
     (f) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has

 


 

not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;
     (g) such Underwriter is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer or the Guarantor for purposes of the NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). Such Underwriter understands that under Rule 2720 (except as provided in Rule 2720(b)(1)(C) thereof) two entities are “affiliates” of each other if one entity controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the second entity and that “control” is presumed to exist if one entity (or, in the case of a FINRA member, the entity and all “persons associated with” it (as defined by FINRA)) beneficially owns 10% or more of the second entity’s outstanding voting securities or, if the second entity is a partnership, if the first entity has a partnership interest in 10% or more of the second entity’s distributable profits or losses;
     (h) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not investment grade debt securities or preferred stock, or equity securities for which there exists a “bona fide independent market” (as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(3) or any FINRA successor rule thereto) or otherwise exempted under NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(7)(D) (or any FINRA successor rule thereto), such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter, the “parent” of (as defined in Rule 2720), affiliates, and “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA), in the aggregate do not: (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s “common equity,” “preferred equity,” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in Rule 2720), or (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited, or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses;
     (i) other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within

2


 

the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments and expense reimbursements) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;
     (j) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;
     (k) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and
     (l) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T- 1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.
     If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Attention: Syndicate Department, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036.

3

Exhibit (h)(3)
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
FORM OF MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
December 1, 2009

 


 

     This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Master SDA ”), dated as of December 1, 2009, is by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (including its successors and assigns) (“ we ,” “ our ,” “ us ” or the “ Manager ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “ Dealer ,” “ you ” or “ your ”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) of securities (the “ Securities ”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co-managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).
     References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:
      1.  Applicability of this Master SDA . The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), and reallowance, if any (the “ Reallowance ”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “ Selected Dealers ”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.
      2.  Terms of the Offering . We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “ Offering Price ”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written

 


 

communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) to any such Wire or other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.
     Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.
     3.  Offering Documents . Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non- United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.
     4.  Offering of Securities .
      (a)  In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price

2


 

not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3 (a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers who are domestic banks which are not members of FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to domestic banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.
      (b)  No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.
      5.  Payment and Delivery . You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
      6.  Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids . We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or

3


 

the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
     7.  Termination .
     (a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “ offering provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.
     (b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.
     8.  Amendments . This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating

4


 

in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.
     9.  Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers . We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.
     10.  FINRA Compliance . You represent and warrant (a) that you are a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and that you are either (i) a member in good standing of FINRA or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA and not registered under the 1934 Act (a “ non-member non-U.S. dealer ”), or (b) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), that you are a domestic Bank which is not a member of FINRA that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in this Section 10 hereof as if you were a member of FINRA. You agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted, you (aa) will comply, if you are a member of FINRA, with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, (i) the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130, and (ii) the requirements of NASD Conduct Rule 2740 (relating to Selling Concessions, Discounts and Other Allowances) or any FINRA successor rules thereto or (bb) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (i) will comply, as though you were a member of FINRA, with the requirements of the following rules (including any FINRA successor rules thereto): NASD Conduct Rules 2730 (relating to Securities Taken in Trade), 2740 (relating to Selling Concessions), 2750 (relating to Transactions with Related Persons) and FINRA Rule 5130 (relating to Restrictions on the Purchase and Sale of Initial Equity Public Offerings) and NASD Conduct Rule 2420 (relating to Dealing with

5


 

Non-Members) as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (ii) are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker-dealer (to the extent required) in a non-U.S. jurisdiction and will not engage in any activities in the United States or with United States persons as would require you to register as a broker-dealer under Section 15 of the 1934 Act or obtain FINRA membership as set forth in NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c). In addition, if you are a domestic bank or a non-member non-U.S. dealer, you agree to comply, as though you were a member of FINRA, and make the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in this Section 10. You represent and warrant that you are fully familiar with the above provisions.
     You further represent, by your participation in an Offering, that you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to the supplementary requirements of FINRA’s interpretation with respect to review of corporate financing as such requirements relate to such Offering.
     11.  Blue Sky Matters . Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.
     12.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.
     13.  Successors and Assigns . This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.
     14.  Compliance with Law . You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and

6


 

regulations of any securities exchange having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 3 (a) and 3(b) hereof.
     15.  Discretionary Accounts . In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.
     16.  Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
     17.  Prohibition on Money Laundering . The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.
     18.  Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.
     19.  Notices . Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.
     20.  Severability . In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

7


 

     21.  Counterparts . This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
     Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof.
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
(Signature page follows)

8


 

     This Master SDA is dated as of December 1, 2009, and executed by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and other party named below.
         
  Very truly yours,

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
 
 
  By:       
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Confirmed as of (date):
CONFIRMED:                                           , 2009
         
                                                                                   
(Legal Name of Selected Dealer)
 
 
By:        
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Address:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:

 


 

Master Selected Dealers Agreement
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
         
Term   Section Reference  
1933 Act
    1  
1934 Act
    3  
Bank
    10  
Dealer
  Foreward  
DTC
    5  
FINRA
    4 (a)
Guarantor
    3  
In Writing
    2  
Issuer
    3  
Manager
  Foreword  
Master SDA
  Foreword  
Money Laundering Laws
    17  
non-member non-U.S. dealer
    10  
Offering
  Foreword  
Offering Price
    2  
offering provisions
    7 (a)
Proceeding
    12  
Reallowance
    1  
Securities
    1  
Selected Dealers
    1  
Seller
    3  
Selling Concession
    1  
Underwriters
    1  
Wire
    2  

 

Exhibit (h)(4)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This agreement is between BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Company ”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) with respect to the BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”).
     1.  Fee . (a) In consideration of services to the Company relating to, but not limited to, the design and structuring of, and marketing assistance with respect to, the Trust and the distribution of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”), including without limitation, views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) marketing issues with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and proposed investments and (ii) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Trust’s initial public offering, the Company shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley calculated at [ ]% of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Trust’s initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), equal to $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee paid to Morgan Stanley shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Shares sold by the Trust in the Offering. For purposes of this paragraph (a), the number of Shares sold by Morgan Stanley shall be deemed to include one half of the number of Shares sold by Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. shall be deemed to have sold the other half.
     (b) The Company shall pay the Fee to Morgan Stanley after the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the principal underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) and on or before December [ ], 2011 by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley. The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Trust in its initial offering, which underwriting services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof (except as provided in Section 4) or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for. If this Agreement is terminated, the

 


 

Company shall reimburse Morgan Stanley only for its accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in connection with this Agreement.
     3.  Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Confidential Advice . None of any advice rendered by Morgan Stanley to the Company or any communication from Morgan Stanley in connection with the services performed by Morgan Stanley pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents to any third-party, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except (i) the Company may disclose the foregoing to any regulatory authority in response to a regulatory proceeding, process, inquiry or request, so long as the Company gives Morgan Stanley prompt notice, as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, thereof unless in the opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able to do so, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by law, judicial process or applicable regulation (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) as to form and substance by, Morgan Stanley and its counsel, unless in the opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able to so consult) and (iii) to the Trust and its officers and trustees and their legal counsel, auditors and other advisors. This confidentiality provision will terminate eighteen months from the date first written above.
     5.  Not an Investment Adviser . The Company acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Company’s engagement of Morgan Stanley is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Trust or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Trust) not a party hereto as against Morgan Stanley or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns.
     6.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered

- 2 -


 

investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Company may pay compensation of any kind to any other person for services the same as, or similar to, the services provided by Morgan Stanley hereunder.
     7.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
     8.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     9.  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 11 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party to the extent consistent with applicable laws. EACH OF MORGAN

- 3 -


 

STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
     10.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.
     11.  Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Company:
BlackRock Advisors, LLC
40 East 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: [ ]
or if to Morgan Stanley:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit by certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.
     12.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately

- 4 -


 

depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

- 5 -


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
         
  MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

- 6 -


 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “ Company ”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 between the Company and Morgan Stanley (the “ Structuring Fee Agreement ”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Structuring Fee Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Structuring Fee Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “ Activities ”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon, the Structuring Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any presentation given by the Company and an Indemnified Person relating to the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”) of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnified person.

- 7 -


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Trust from the initial public offering of the Shares of the Trust (the “ Offering ”); provided, however, that the Company shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the gross proceeds received by the Trust from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.
     The Company will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) will, without our prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry referred to in the preceding paragraph.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company (including the net proceeds from the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering before deducting expenses) and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Structuring Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its partners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its partners or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or

- 8 -


 

in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Structuring Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Structuring Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand.
     This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Structuring Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Indemnified Parties with respect to the structuring fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Structuring Fee Agreement.
     The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering of the Shares: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arms length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Trust or any person affiliated with the Trust or the Company, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Company, the Trust or any person affiliated with the Trust or the Company may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Structuring Fee Agreement.
     This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Indemnification Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District

- 9 -


 

Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 11 of the Structuring Fee Agreement shall be deemed effective service of process on such party to the extent consistent with applicable laws. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

- 10 -


 

     This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:    
 
       
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

- 11 -

Exhibit (h)(5)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto, with respect to the issue and sale of the Trust’s Common Shares (the “ Offering ”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee . In consideration of your services relating to the structure and design of the Trust and the distribution of its shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), which may but need not necessarily include views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Trust’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and proposed investments and (iii) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Trust’s initial public offering, which services may be completed by your affiliate in your sole discretion, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid after the closing of the purchase and sale of the Common Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and on or before December [ ], 2011. The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. The Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Trust in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Trust’s common shares having been delivered and paid for.
     3.  Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

- 1 -


 

     4.  Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Adviser. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Adviser or the Adviser as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
     5.  Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Adviser may pay compensation of any kind to any other person for services the same as, or similar to, the services provided by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. hereunder.
     6.  Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     9.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[END OF TEXT]

- 2 -


 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
             
    BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[ Structuring Fee Agreement ]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
November [ ], 2011
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 100
     Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “ Bank ”) to advise and assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Company ”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for the legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or

 


 

any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 


 

     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[ Indemnification Agreement ]

 

Exhibit (h)(6)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
     STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of November [ ], 2011, by and between Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”).
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (including any successor by merger or otherwise, the “Trust”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
     WHEREAS, the Trust and BlackRock have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated November [ ] with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Merrill Lynch and the other underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”);
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Advisors, LLC is the investment adviser of the Trust;
     WHEREAS, Merrill Lynch is acting as the lead underwriter in an offering of the Trust’s common shares, made under the terms of the Trust’s prospectus dated November [ ], 2011 (the “Prospectus”); and
     WHEREAS, BlackRock desires to provide a structuring fee to Merrill Lynch for providing the advice and services described below;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   In consideration of Merrill Lynch’s providing advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s common shares, BlackRock shall pay Merrill Lynch a fee equal to 1.25% of the aggregate price to the public of the Trust’s common shares sold by Merrill Lynch in the Trust’s initial public offering (the “Offering”) pursuant to the Prospectus (including any Shares over-allotted by Merrill in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised) (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid within 10 calendar days of the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. The sum total of all compensation to or reimbursement of underwriters in connection with the offering, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation, shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price of the Trust’s common shares sold in the offering.
2.   BlackRock acknowledges that Merrill Lynch did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Merrill Lynch, and Merrill Lynch is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with acting as lead underwriter in an offering of the Trust’s common shares.
3.   Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Merrill Lynch or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or

- 1 -


 

    other investment advisers), so long as Merrill Lynch’s services to BlackRock are not impaired thereby.
4.   This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Paragraph 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the common shares having been delivered and paid for. If this Agreement is terminated BlackRock shall reimburse Merrill Lynch only for its accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
5.   BlackRock has furnished Merrill Lynch with such information as Merrill Lynch believed appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). BlackRock recognizes and confirms that Merrill Lynch (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of BlackRock’s knowledge, the Information furnished by BlackRock, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. BlackRock will promptly notify Merrill Lynch if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Merrill Lynch pursuant to this Section 5. Merrill Lynch agrees to keep such Information confidential to the extent permitted by law.
6.   It is understood that Merrill Lynch is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to BlackRock and that Merrill Lynch is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Trust or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder.
7.   BlackRock agrees that Merrill Lynch shall have no liability to BlackRock for any act or omission to act by Merrill Lynch in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Merrill Lynch. BlackRock agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
8.   This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
9.   No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and BlackRock and Merrill Lynch consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Merrill Lynch and BlackRock waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of Merrill Lynch and BlackRock agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon Merrill Lynch and BlackRock, as the case may be, and may be
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

    enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which Merrill Lynch and BlackRock, as the case may be, are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
10.   This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
11.   This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Merrill Lynch and BlackRock.
12.   All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to BlackRock:
BlackRock Advisors, LLC
40 East 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Robert P. Connolly, Esq
or if to Merrill Lynch:
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
     Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention: [ ]
    or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.
13.   This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.
[ signatures on following page ]
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
                 
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC       MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
 
               
By:
          By:    
 
               
 
  Name:           Name:
 
  Title:           Title:
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Merrill Lynch Indemnification Agreement
November [ ], 2011
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
     Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) to advise and assist BlackRock Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated March 31, 2011, between the Company and Merrill Lynch (the “Agreement”), in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Merrill Lynch harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to these matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated March 28, 2011, by and among BlackRock Resources & Commodities Strategy Trust, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Capital Management, Inc. and each of the underwriters named therein. In addition, in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company shall jointly and severally reimburse Merrill Lynch for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by Merrill Lynch of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Merrill Lynch will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to Merrill Lynch shall be selected by Merrill Lynch. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of Merrill Lynch) also be counsel to Merrill Lynch. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of Merrill Lynch from all liability arising out of such litigation,
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

investigation or Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of Merrill Lynch.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to jointly and severally, contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its shareholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its shareholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its shareholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Merrill Lynch has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to Merrill Lynch under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Merrill Lynch is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Merrill Lynch, on the other hand.
     The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Merrill Lynch’s prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Merrill Lynch shall include Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that neither Merrill Lynch nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Merrill Lynch’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate” as used in the definition of the “Company” herein does not include any registered investment company, except for the Trust, for which the Company or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED,
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND MERRILL LYNCH CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST MERRILL LYNCH OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of Merrill Lynch’s engagement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
      INCORPORATED
         
     
  By        
    Name:      
    Title:      
[Merrill Lynch Structuring Fee Agreement]

 

Exhibit (h)(7)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This agreement is between BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to the BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Trust”).
     1. Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring and organizing the Trust, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”); provided that the sum total of the fee hereunder shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Trust’s common shares sold by the Trust pursuant to the Prospectus dated [ ], 2011. The Fee shall be paid on or before December [ ], 2011 or as otherwise agreed to by the parties.
     2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement dated November [ ], 2011, by and among the Trust, the Company, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named therein without the common shares of the Trust having been delivered and paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement. UBS confirms that should the offering be terminated, UBS will only be reimbursed for reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).
     3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4. Confidential Advice. Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without UBS’ prior written consent.

- 1 -


 

     5. Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Trust. The information provided by the Company, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.
     6. Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an adviser to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Trust or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Trust) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.
     7. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
     8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     9. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.

 


 

     11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
UBS SECURITIES LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
November [ ], 2011
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned, (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter relating to or arising out of the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any such Proceeding, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any such Proceeding, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and

- 5 -


 

expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS Securities LLC or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN

- 6 -


 

ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

- 7 -


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
UBS SECURITIES LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(8)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule A therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Trust’s Common Shares (the “ Offering ”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee . In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Trust, including without limitation, services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before December [ ], 2011. The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The Fee paid to you shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Trust in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees other than accountable expenses actually incurred; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC solely pursuant to Section 7(l) of the Underwriting Agreement.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for.
     3.  Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
     5.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

- 1 -


 

     6.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     9.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

- 2 -


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[ Structuring Fee Agreement ]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
November [ ], 2011
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Company ”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 among the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect

- 1 -


 

the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and the BlackRock Utiliy and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”), on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and the Trust on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and the Trust, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or the Trust, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED

- 2 -


 

PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

- 3 -


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:    
 
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
[ Indemnification Agreement ]

Exhibit (h)(9)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “ Common Shares ”) (the “ Offering ”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee . In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Trust and the organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring and/or incentive fees paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the amount of the expense reimbursement of $[ ] per common share payable by the Trust to the underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, plus underwriters’ counsel fees paid by the Trust shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Trust’s Common Shares issued by the Trust pursuant to the prospectus dated November [ ], 2011. The Fee shall be paid on or before December [ ], 2011. The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Trust’s common shares having been delivered and paid for. If this Agreement is terminated, the Adviser shall reimburse Ameriprise only for its accountable out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).
     3.  Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .
     The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for

- 1 -


 

making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
     5.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
     6.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     9.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

- 2 -


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:
 
       
AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
November [ ], 2011
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. (“ AFSI ”) to assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011 between the Company and the AFSI (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that AFSI, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling AFSI or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (AFSI and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

- 1 -


 

     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which AFSI has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to AFSI under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by AFSI pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by AFSI, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of AFSI in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement shall be read or construed to limit any liability or obligation of any party arising under or in connection with the Underwriting Agreement.

- 2 -


 

     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST AFSI OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

- 3 -


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of AFSI’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Agreed and Accepted:
 
       
AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
[Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit (h)(10)
SYNDICATION FEE AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This agreement is between BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Company ”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) with respect to the BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”).
     1.  Syndication Fee . (a) In consideration of advice to the Company relating to, but not limited to, syndication assistance with respect to the Trust and the distribution of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”), including without limitation, securing syndicate participants for the Trust’s initial public offering (the “ Offering ”), preparation of marketing and diligence materials for underwriters, conveying information and market updates to syndicate members and coordinating syndicate orders during the Offering, the Company shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley equal to [$_____] (the “ Syndication Fee ”). The Syndication Fee paid to Morgan Stanley shall not exceed [0.__%] of the total price to the public of the Shares sold by the Trust in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, Morgan Stanley will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Morgan Stanley pursuant to the terms of the principal underwriting agreement relating to the Offering (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).
     (b) The Company shall pay the Syndication Fee to Morgan Stanley on the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on November [ ], 2011 by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley. The Company acknowledges that the Syndication Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Trust in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Syndication Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, except as provided in Sections 3 and 4.
     3.  Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Confidential Advice . None of any advice rendered by Morgan Stanley to the Company or any communication from Morgan Stanley in connection with the services performed by Morgan Stanley pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or

 


 

in writing, or reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, except (i) the Company may disclose the foregoing to any regulatory authority in response to a regulatory proceeding, process, inquiry or request, so long as the Company gives Morgan Stanley prompt notice thereof unless in the opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able to do so, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by law, judicial process or applicable regulation (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, Morgan Stanley and its counsel, unless in the opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able so to consult) and (iii) on a confidential need-to-know basis, to the Trust and its officers and directors and their legal counsel, auditors and other advisors. This confidentiality provision will terminate eighteen months from the date first written above.
     5.  Not an Investment Advisor . The Company acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Trust’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Company’s engagement of Morgan Stanley is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Trust or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Trust) not a party hereto as against Morgan Stanley or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns.
     6.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.
     7.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
     8.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

- 2 -


 

     9.  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 11 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
     10.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.
     11.  Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Company:
BlackRock Advisors, LLC
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
Attention: [ ]
or if to Morgan Stanley:

- 3 -


 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit by certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.
     12.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

- 4 -


 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:
         
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

- 5 -


 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
November [ ], 2011
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “ Company ”) with the matters set forth in the Syndication Fee Agreement dated November [ ], 2011, between the Company and Morgan Stanley (the “ Syndication Fee Agreement ”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Syndication Fee Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Syndication Fee Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “ Activities ”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon, the Syndication Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any presentation given by the Company and an Indemnified Person relating to the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”) of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “ Trust ”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Trust from the initial public offering of the Shares of the Trust (the “ Offering ”); provided, however, that the Company shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the

- 1 -


 

gross proceeds received by the Trust from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.
     The Company will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) will, without our prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry referred to in the preceding paragraphs.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company (including the net proceeds from the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering before deducting expenses) and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Syndication Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its partners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its partners or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Syndication Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Syndication Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand.

- 2 -


 

     This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Syndication Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Indemnified Parties with respect to the marketing and structuring fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Syndication Fee Agreement.
     The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering of the Shares: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arms length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Trust or any person affiliated with the Trust or the Company, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Company, the Trust or any person affiliated with the Trust or the Company may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Syndication Fee Agreement.
     This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Indemnification Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 11 of the Syndication Fee Agreement shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY

- 3 -


 

RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

- 4 -


 

         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:
         
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

- 5 -

Exhibit (j)(1)
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT, dated as of October 12, 2011 between BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a statutory trust formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware having its principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
that for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
     1.  “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.
     2.  “BNY Mellon Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Company, Inc.
     3.  “Book-Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.
     4.  “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.
     5.  “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

1


 

     6.  “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean any composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.
     7.  “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
     8.  “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
     9.  “Instructions” shall mean communications transmitted by electronic or telecommunications media, including S.W.I.F.T., computer-to-computer interface, or dedicated transmission lines.
     10.  “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
     11.  “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).
     12.  “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of cash Securities or other property hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS
     1. (a) The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities, cash or other property at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees. Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for the Fund in which Custodian will hold Securities, cash or other property as provided herein. Such accounts (each, an “Account”; collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.

2


 

          (b) Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
          (c) Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities, cash or other property and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
     2. The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:
          (a) It is duly formed and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;
          (b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;
          (c) It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;
          (d) It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;
          (e) Except to the extent that the Custodian acts as the Fund’s foreign custody manager, its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian as that term is defined herein) which Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;
          (f) The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;

3


 

          (g) It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, shall, and shall cause each Authorized Person, to safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by it, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be utilized provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized, and may be acted upon as given;
          (h) It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings does not exceed the amount the Fund is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;
          (i) Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;
          (j) It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and
          (k) It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.
     3. The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.
ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES
     1. (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any cash, Securities or other property received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account. Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder. Cash, Securities or other property held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity. Cash, Securities or other property held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians. Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Cash, Securities or other property in Foreign

4


 

Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate. Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, cash, Securities or other property deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only cash, Securities or other property held by Custodian as custodian for its customers. Custodian shall identify on its books and records the cash, Securities or other property belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians. Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Cash, Securities or other property in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Cash, Securities or other property is located, where such Cash, Securities or other property are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Cash, Securities or other property are acquired. Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”). In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.
          (b) Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold cash, Securities or other property indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the cash, Securities or other property are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of cash, Securities or other property on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the cash, Securities or other property is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.
          (c) With respect to each Depository, Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain cash, Securities or other property deposited or held in such Depository, and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of Custodian.
          (d) With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks. As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository: (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e)

5


 

currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
     2. Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of cash, Securities or other property) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.
     3. With respect to all cash, Securities or other property held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:
          (a) Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
          (b) Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities or other property which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
          (c) Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities or other property which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities or other property;
          (d) Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;
          (e) Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities or other property issued with respect to any Securities or other property credited to an Account hereunder; and
          (f) Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.
     4. (a) Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities or other property held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities or other property issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken. Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.
          (b) Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non-mandatory puts or calls) or other property confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act. In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s

6


 

offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities or other property (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund). Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities or other property.
     5. All voting rights with respect to Securities or other property, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee. For Securities or other property issued in the United States, Custodian’s only duty shall be to mail to the Fund any documents (including proxy statements, annual reports and signed proxies) actually received by Custodian relating to the exercise of such voting rights. With respect to Securities or other property issued outside of the United States, Custodian’s only duty shall be to provide the Fund with access to a provider of global proxy services at the Fund’s request. The Fund shall be responsible for all costs associated with its use of such services.
     6. Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class. If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.
     7. Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.
     8. The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto. The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold). Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security. In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law. If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of

7


 

the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder. The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
     9. (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction. Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories. Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.
          (b) Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels. The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund. The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.
     10. Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.

8


 

ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT
     1. Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities or other property by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security or other property generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale. Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.
     2. The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities. The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.
     3. Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or other property or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities or other property prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor. All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received. Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.
ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS
     1. If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of the Fund which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for the Fund shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund payable on demand

9


 

and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time. In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of the Fund at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of the Fund or in which the Fund may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf. The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to the Fund’s credit on Custodian’s books.
     2. If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing: (a) the name of the bank, (b) the amount of the borrowing, (c) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (d) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (e) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (f) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus. Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate. Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement. Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section. The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it. In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.
ARTICLE VI
SALE, REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES
     1. Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares.
     2. Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account
     3. Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption or

10


 

repurchase of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares. Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account.
ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS
     1. Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.
     2. Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.
ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN
     1. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder. With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Mellon Affiliate) located in a country not listed on Schedule A hereto, Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian, and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian). With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Mellon Affiliate) located in a country listed on Schedule A hereto, Custodian shall be liable to the Fund to the same extent such Subcustodian is liable to Custodian under the terms, conditions and governing law of Custodian’s agreement with such Subcustodian. In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY Mellon or any Subcustodian be liable: ( i ) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; ( ii ) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; ( iii ) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; ( iv ) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; ( v ) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or

11


 

Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; ( vi ) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Mellon Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or ( viii ) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.
          (b) Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any BNY Mellon Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder. No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.
          (c) The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
     2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
          (a) Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;
          (b) The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;

12


 

          (c) The legality of the sale or repurchase of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;
          (d) The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;
          (e) The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;
          (f) The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund. In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;
          (g) The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or
          (h) Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund are such as properly may be held by the Fund, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.
     3. Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.
     4. Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.
     5. The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable. The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept

13


 

in connection with this Agreement. The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
     6. Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian. In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right if the Fund has not satisfied its obligations to the Custodian within five business days after receiving notice of any failure to do so to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit. Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Mellon Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.
     7. The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian. The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian. If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto, and Custodian shall provide user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys only to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
     8. The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.
     9. It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect. The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.
     10. Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.

14


 

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
     1. Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of giving of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians. In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.
     2. If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all cash, Securities or other property (other than cash, Securities or other property which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to cash, Securities or other property which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such cash, Securities or other property hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     1. The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons. Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.
     2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.

15


 

     3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
     4. Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
     5. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
     6. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
     7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

16


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
 
 
  By:   /s/ Neal J. Andrews  
    Name:   Neal J. Andrews  
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer  
 
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Healy  
    Name:   Christopher Healy  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 

17


 

SCHEDULE I
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
(The Fund — Oral and Written Instructions)
The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected and acting Vice President of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the “Fund”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon (“Custodian”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated October 12, 2011 and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:
         
John Perlowski
  President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Anne Ackerley
  Vice President    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Brendan Kyne
  Vice President    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Ira Shapiro
  Secretary    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Howard Surloff
  Assistant Secretary    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature

 


 

         
Janey Ahn
  Assistant Secretary    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Edward Baer
  Assistant Secretary    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Benjamin Archibald
  Assistant Secretary    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Brian Kindelan
  Chief Compliance Officer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Neal Andrews
  Chief Financial Officer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Jay Fife
  Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Scott Hilton
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Artemis Brannigan
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature

2


 

         
Beth Moore
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Linda Novak
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Ronald Fisher
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Edward Quigley
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
 
       
Spencer Fleming
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
Name
  Title   Signature
     This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.
     By:____________________________
Date: October 12, 2011

3


 

APPENDIX I
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE “SYSTEM”)
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     1.  License; Use . Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person the Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the “Software”), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s). The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software. The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall you attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software. The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian’s prior written consent. The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian’s request.
     2.  Equipment . The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.
     3.  Proprietary Information . The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall keep the Information

1


 

confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.
     4.  Modifications . Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct. The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian’s prior written consent. The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian’s consent, shall become the property of Custodian.
     5.  NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES . CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.” IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
     6.  Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use . The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions. Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System. The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.

2


 

     7.  System Acknowledgments . Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.
     8.  EXPORT RESTRICTIONS . EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW. THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY. IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS. DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED. The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.
     9.  ENCRYPTION . The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data. The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or troubleshooting the System or the Software.

3

Exhibit (j)(2)
FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT
      AGREEMENT made as of October 12, 2011 by and between each entity listed on Annex I attached hereto (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;
      WHEREAS , BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
     Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
     1.  “Board” shall mean the board of directors or board of trustees, as the case may be, of the Fund.
     2.  “Eligible Foreign Custodian” shall have the meaning provided in the Rule.
     3.  “Monitoring System” shall mean a system established by BNY to fulfill the Responsibilities specified in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1 of Article III of this Agreement.
     4.  “Responsibilities” shall mean the responsibilities delegated to BNY under the Rule as a Foreign Custody Manager with respect to each Specified Country and each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by BNY, as such responsibilities are more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.
     5.  “Rule” shall mean Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended on June 12, 2000.
     6.  “Specified Country” shall mean each country listed on Schedule I attached hereto and each country, other than the United States, constituting the primary market for a security with respect to which the Fund has given settlement instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian (the “Custodian”) under its Custody Agreement with the Fund.

 


 

ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER
     1. The Fund on behalf of its Board hereby delegates to BNY with respect to each Specified Country the Responsibilities.
     2. BNY accepts the Board’s delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets would exercise.
     3. BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.
ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES
     1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian. In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund’s assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.
     2. For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY’s determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country. For purposes hereof, “Country Risks” shall mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian’s use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b)

- 2 -


 

such country’s financial infrastructure; (c) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS
     1. The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund’s execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund’s investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.
     2. BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on BNY prohibits BNY’s execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.
ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY
     1. BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof. In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.
     2. The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY’s performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY’s failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.
     3. For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.

- 3 -


 

     4. BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein. In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
     1. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.
     2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY Mellon, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 2 Hanson Place 7 th Floor Brooklyn, New York 10217, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.
     3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 100Bellevue Parkway 4 th Floor, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
     4. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
     5. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
     6. The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.
     7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
     8. This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either

- 4 -


 

party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
         
    BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Neal J. Andrews
 
       
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Healy
 
       
 
  Title:   Managing Director

- 5 -


 

ANNEX I
     
Fund Name   Tax Identification
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
  45-3417652

 


 

SCHEDULE I
Specified Countries
     
Country/Market   Subcustodian(s)
Argentina
  Citibank N.A.
Australia
  National Australia Bank Limited
Austria
  UniCredit Bank Austria AG
 
  Citibank N.A.
Bahrain
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Bangladesh
  Standard Chartered Bank
Belgium
  Citibank International Plc
Benin
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Bermuda
  HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
Botswana
  Stanbic Bank Botswana Ltd.
Brazil
  Citibank N.A.
Bulgaria
  ING Bank N.V.
Burkina Faso
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Canada
  CIBC Mellon Trust Company
Cayman Islands
  The Bank of New York Mellon
Channel Islands
  The Bank of New York Mellon
Chile
  Banco de Chile
China Shanghai
  HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited
China Shenzhen
  HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited
Colombia
  Cititrust Colombia S.A.
Costa Rica
  Banco Nacional de Costa Rica
Croatia
  Privredna Banka Zagreb d.d.
Cyprus
  BNP Paribas Securities Services, Athens
Czech Republic
  ING Bank N.V.
Denmark
  Danske Bank A/S
Ecuador
  Banco de la Produccion S.A.
Egypt
  HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.
Estonia
  SEB Pank AS
Euromarket
  Clearstream Banking Luxembourg S.A.
Euromarket
  Euroclear Bank
Finland
  SEB Helsinki
France
  BNP Paribas Securities Services
 
  Citibank International plc
Germany
  The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV
Ghana
  Stanbic Bank Ghana Ltd.
Greece
  BNP Paribas Securities Services, Athens
Guinea Bissau
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Hong Kong
  HSBC Ltd.
Hungary
  ING Bank N.V.

- 7 -


 

     
Country/Market   Subcustodian(s)
Iceland
  Landsbankinn hf
India
  Deutsche Bank AG
Indonesia
  HSBC Ltd.
Ireland
  The Bank of New York Mellon
Israel
  Bank Hapoalim B.M.
Italy
  Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A
 
  Citibank N.A.
Ivory Coast
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Japan
  Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd. (MHCB)
Japan
  The Bank of Tokyo — Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd.
Jordan
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
Kazakhstan
  HSBC Kazakhstan
Kenya
  CFC Stanbic Bank Limited
Kuwait
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd .
Latvia
  AS SEB banka
Lebanon
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
Lithuania
  SEB Bankas
Luxembourg
  Banque et Caisse d’Epargne de l’Etat (BCEEL)
Malaysia
  HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
Mali
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Malta
  HSBC Bank Malta plc
Mauritius
  HSBC Ltd.
Mexico
  Banco Nacional de México S.A. (BANAMEX S.A.)
Morocco
  Citibank Maghreb
Namibia
  Standard Bank Namibia Ltd
Netherlands
  The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV
New Zealand
  National Australia Bank
Niger
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Nigeria
  Stanbic IBTC Bank Plc
Norway
  DnB NOR Bank ASA
Oman
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
Pakistan
  Deutsche Bank AG
Palestinian Autonomous Area
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
Peru
  Citibank del Perú S.A.
Philippines
  HSBC Ltd.
Poland
  ING Bank Slaski
Portugal
  Citibank International Plc, Sucursal em Portugal
Qatar
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
Romania
  ING Bank N.V.
Russia
  ING Bank (Eurasia)
Saudi Arabia
  HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited
Senegal
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire

- 8 -


 

     
Country/Market   Subcustodian(s)
Serbia
  UniCredit Bank Austria AG
Singapore
  DBS Bank Ltd.
Singapore
  United Overseas Bank Ltd.
Slovak Republic
  ING Bank N.V.
Slovenia
  UniCredit Banka Slovenia d.d.
South Africa
  Standard Bank of South Africa
South Korea
  HSBC Ltd.
Spain
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (BBVA)
Spain
  Santander Investment S.A.
Sri Lanka
  HSBC Ltd.
Swaziland
  Standard Bank Swaziland Ltd
Sweden
  Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken
Switzerland
  Credit Suisse AG
Taiwan
  Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Ltd. / HSBC
Thailand
  Bangkok Bank Public Company Ltd.
Thailand
  HSBC Ltd
Togo
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
Trinidad & Tobago
  Republic Bank Ltd.
Tunisia
  Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie
Turkey
  Deutsche Bank AS
Uganda
  Stanbic Bank Uganda Limited
Ukraine
  ING Bank Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
  HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd.
United Kingdom
  Deutsche Bank AG
United Kingdom
  The Bank of New York Mellon
United States
  The Bank of New York Mellon
Uruguay
  Banco Itaú Uruguay S.A.
Venezuela
  Citibank N.A.
Vietnam
  HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd
Zambia
  Stanbic Bank Zambia Ltd
Zimbabwe
  Stanbic Bank Zimbabwe Ltd

- 9 -

Exhibit (k)(1)
STOCK TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT, made as of October 6, 2011, by and between BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “Customer”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York trust company (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
     1. “Business Day” shall be deemed to be each day on which the Bank is open for business.
     2. “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Bank by the Customer which is signed by any Officer, as hereinafter defined, and actually received by the Bank.
     3. “Officer” shall be deemed to be the Customer’s Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Treasurer, and any Assistant Secretary duly authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Customer to execute any Certificate, instruction, notice or other instrument on behalf of the Customer and named in a Certificate, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time.
     4. “Shares” shall mean all or any part of each class of the shares of beneficial interest of the Customer which from time to time are authorized and/or issued by the Customer and identified in a Certificate of the Secretary of the Customer under corporate seal, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time, with respect to which the Bank is to act hereunder.


 

-2-

ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF BANK
     1. The Customer hereby constitutes and appoints the Bank as its agent to perform the services described herein and as more particularly described in Schedule I attached hereto (the “Services”), and the Bank hereby accepts appointment as such agent and agrees to perform the Services in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth.
     2. In connection with such appointment, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:
  (a)   A certified copy of the Certificate of Trust, Agreement and Declaration of Trust, or other document evidencing the Customer’s form of organization (the “Charter”) and all amendments thereto;
 
  (b)   A certified copy of the By-Laws of the Customer;
 
  (c)   A certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Customer appointing the Bank to perform the Services and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;
 
  (d)   A Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer specifying: the number of authorized Shares, the number of such authorized Shares issued and currently outstanding, and the names and specimen signatures of all persons duly authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Customer to execute any Certificate on behalf of the Customer, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time;
 
  (e)   A Specimen Share certificate for each class of Shares in the form approved by the Board of Trustees of the Customer, together with a Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer as to such approval and covenanting to supply a new such Certificate and specimen whenever such form shall change;
 
  (f)   An executed copy of the opinion of counsel for the Customer, delivered to Customer’s underwriter with respect to the offering of Shares, it being agreed that the opinion need not be addressed to the Bank nor subject to any reliance letter addressed to the Bank,
 
  (g)   A list of the name, address, social security or taxpayer identification number of each Shareholder, number of Shares owned, certificate numbers, and whether any “stops” have been placed;


 

-3-

  (h)   An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the due authorization by the Customer and the validity and effectiveness of the use of facsimile signatures by the Bank in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of the Customer;
 
  (i)   A completed Internal Revenue Service Form 2678 for the Customer; and
 
  (j)   A completed Form W-9 for the Customer.
     3. The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates and from time to time will renew such supply upon request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share certificates, and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.
     4. Customer acknowledges that the Bank is subject to the customer identification program (“Customer Identification Program”) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, and that the Bank must obtain, verify and record information that allows the Bank to identify Customer. Accordingly, prior to opening an account hereunder the Bank may request information (including but not limited to the Customer’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information) that will help the Bank to identify the organization such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or any other information that will allow the Bank to identify Customer. Customer agrees that the Bank cannot open an account hereunder unless and until the Bank verifies Customer’s identity in accordance with its Customer Identification Program.
ARTICLE III
AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES
     1. The Customer shall deliver to the Bank the following documents on or before the effective date of any increase, decrease or other change in the total number of Shares authorized to be issued:
  (a)   A certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Customer giving effect to such increase, decrease or change;
 
  (b)   An executed copy of the opinion of counsel for the Customer, delivered to Customer’s underwriter with respect to the offering of Shares, it being agreed that the opinion need not be addressed to the Bank nor subject to any reliance letter addressed to the Bank, and


 

-4-

  (c)   In the case of an increase, if the appointment of the Bank was theretofore expressly limited, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Customer increasing the authority of the Bank.
     2. Prior to the issuance of any additional Shares pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or otherwise, and prior to any reduction in the number of Shares outstanding, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:
  (a)   A certified copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees and/or the shareholders of the Customer authorizing such issuance of additional Shares of the Customer or such reduction, as the case may be; and
 
  (b)   A certified copy of the order or consent of each governmental or regulatory authority required by law as a prerequisite to the issuance or reduction of such Shares, as the case may be.
ARTICLE IV
RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT
     1. In the case of any negative stock split, recapitalization or other capital adjustment requiring a change in the form of Share certificates, the Bank will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or upon transfer of, outstanding Share certificates in the old form, upon receiving:
  (a)   A Certificate authorizing the issuance of Share certificates in the new form;
 
  (b)   A certified copy of any amendment to the Charter with respect to the change;
 
  (c)   Specimen Share certificates for each class of Shares in the new form approved by the Board of Trustees of the Customer, with a Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer as to such approval; and
 
  (d)   A certified copy of the order or consent of each governmental or regulatory authority required by law as a prerequisite to the issuance of the Shares in the new form.
     2. The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates in the new form, and from time


 

-5-

to time will replenish such supply upon the request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the Customer’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws to sign Share certificates and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.
ARTICLE V
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
     1. The Bank will issue and transfer Shares in certificated form as follows:
     (a) The Bank will issue Share certificates upon receipt of a Certificate from an Officer, but shall not be required to issue Share certificates after it has received from an appropriate federal or state authority written notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended or discontinued, and the Bank shall be entitled to rely upon such written notification. The Bank shall not be responsible for the payment of any original issue or other taxes required to be paid by the Customer in connection with the issuance of any Shares.
     (b) Shares will be transferred upon presentation to the Bank of Share certificates in form deemed by the Bank properly endorsed for transfer, accompanied by such documents as the Bank deems necessary to evidence the authority of the person making such transfer, and bearing satisfactory evidence of the payment of applicable stock transfer taxes. In the case of small estates where no administration is contemplated, the Bank may, when furnished with an appropriate surety bond, and without further approval of the Customer, transfer Shares registered in the name of the decedent where the current market value of the Shares being transferred does not exceed such amount as may from time to time be prescribed by the various states. The Bank reserves the right to refuse to transfer Shares until it is satisfied that the endorsements on Share certificates are valid and genuine, and for that purpose it may require, unless otherwise instructed by an Officer of the Customer, a guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Bank, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Bank in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Bank also reserves the right to refuse to transfer Shares until it is satisfied that the requested transfer is legally authorized, and it shall incur no liability for the refusal in good faith to make transfers which the Bank, in its judgment, deems improper or unauthorized, or until it is satisfied that there is no basis to any claims adverse to such transfer. The Bank may, in effecting transfers of Shares, rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of Fiduciary Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, applicable to the transfer of


 

-6-

securities, and the Customer shall indemnify the Bank for any act done or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon such laws.
     (c) All certificates representing Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer ( e.g. , securities acquired pursuant to an investment representation, securities held by controlling persons, securities subject to stockholders’ agreement, etc.), shall be stamped with a legend describing the extent and conditions of the restrictions or referring to the source of such restrictions. The Bank assumes no responsibility with respect to the transfer of restricted securities where counsel for the Customer advises that such transfer may be properly effected.
     2. The Bank will issue and transfer Shares in book-entry form as follows:
     (a) Shares may be maintained by the Bank in book-entry form known as the “Direct Registration System” (“DRS”) through the Profile Modification System (“Profile”). DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the Bank may register the ownership of uncertificated Shares, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Bank to the Registered Owners entitled thereto. Upon issuance of Shares, the Shares of each Registered Owner will be credited to the account of each such Registered Owner. The Registered Owner of Shares is referred to herein as, or, if there are more than one Registered Owner of the same Shares, such Registered Owners are collectively referred to herein as, the “Registered Owner”.
     (b) Customer understands that Profile is a required feature of DRS. Profile allows a DTC participant claiming to act on behalf of the Registered Owner of Shares, to direct the Bank to register a transfer of such Shares to such DTC participant or its nominee without receipt by the Bank of such prior written authorization from the Registered Owner to register such transfer.
     (c) Customer understands the Bank will not verify, determine or otherwise ascertain that the DTC participant which is claiming to be acting on behalf of a Registered Owner in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in subsection (b) has the actual authority to act on behalf of the Registered Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Article VIII, Sections 5 and 6 shall apply to the matters arising from the use of DRS/Profile System. The parties agree that the Bank’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Bank through the DRS/Profile System in accordance with this Agreement, shall not constitute negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Bank.


 

-7-

ARTICLE VI
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     1. The Customer shall furnish to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Trustees or committee thereof, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the declaration of a dividend or distribution, the date of accrual or payment, as the case may be, the record date as of which shareholders entitled to payment, or accrual, as the case may be, shall be determined, the amount per Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously accrued and unpaid dividends are to be paid, and the total amount, if any, payable to the Bank on such payment date, or (ii) authorizing the declaration of dividends and distributions on a periodic basis and authorizing the Bank to rely on a Certificate setting forth the information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.
     2. Prior to the payment date specified in such Certificate or resolution, as the case may be, the Customer shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution, deposit with the Bank an amount of cash, sufficient for the Bank to make the payment, specified in such Certificate or resolution, to the shareholders of record as of such payment date. The Bank will, upon receipt of any such cash, (i) in the case of shareholders who are participants in a dividend reinvestment and/or cash purchase plan of the Customer, reinvest such cash dividends or distributions in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (ii) in the case of shareholders who are not participants in any such plan, make payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as of the record date by mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record or dividend mailing address. The Bank shall not be liable for any improper payment made in accordance with a Certificate or resolution described in the preceding paragraph. If the Bank shall not receive sufficient cash prior to the payment date to make payments of any cash dividend or distribution pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) above to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date, the Bank shall, upon notifying the Customer, withhold payment to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date until sufficient cash is provided to the Bank.
     3. It is understood that the Bank shall in no way be responsible for the determination of the rate or form of dividends or distributions due to the shareholders.
     4. It is understood that the Bank shall file such appropriate information returns concerning the payment of dividends and distributions with the proper federal, state and local authorities as are required by law to be filed by the Customer but shall in no way be responsible for the collection or withholding of taxes due on such dividends or distributions due


 

-8-

to shareholders, except and only to the extent required of it by applicable law.
ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE CUSTOMER
     1. The Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank written notice of any change in the Officers authorized to sign Share certificates, Certificates, notifications or requests, together with a specimen signature of each new Officer. In the event any Officer who shall have signed manually or whose facsimile signature shall have been affixed to blank Share certificates shall die, resign or be removed prior to issuance of such Share certificates, the Bank may issue such Share certificates as the Share certificates of the Customer notwithstanding such death, resignation or removal, and the Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank such approvals, adoptions or ratifications as may be required by law.
     2. Each copy of the Certificate of Trust of the Customer and copies of all amendments thereto shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other appropriate official) of the state of formation, and if such Certificate of Trust and/or amendments are required by law also to be filed with a county or other officer or official body, a certificate of such filing shall be filed with a certified copy submitted to the Bank. Each copy of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and copies of all amendments thereto, and copies of resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Customer, shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Customer under the corporate seal.
     3. Customer hereby represents and warrants:
  (a)   It is a statutory trust duly formed and validly existing under the laws of Delaware.
 
  (b)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Customer. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Customer do not and will not violate any applicable law or regulation and do not require the consent of any governmental or other regulatory body except for such consents and approvals as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.


 

-9-

ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING THE BANK
     1. The Bank shall not be liable and shall be fully protected in acting upon any oral instruction, writing or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been given, signed or made by the proper person or persons and shall not be held to have any notice of any change of authority of any person until receipt of a Certificate from an Officer of the Customer. It shall also be protected in processing Share certificates which it reasonably believes to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of the duly authorized Officer or Officers of the Customer and contain the proper countersignature of the Bank.
     2. The Bank may establish such additional procedures, rules and regulations governing the transfer or registration of Share certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with such rules and regulations generally adopted by bank transfer agents.
     3. The Bank may keep such records as it deems advisable but not inconsistent with resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Customer. The Bank may deliver to the Customer from time to time at its discretion, for safekeeping or disposition by the Customer in accordance with law, such records, papers, Share certificates which have been cancelled in transfer or exchange and other documents accumulated in the execution of its duties hereunder as the Bank may deem expedient, other than those which the Bank is itself required to maintain pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, and the Customer shall assume all responsibility for any failure thereafter to produce any record, paper, cancelled Share certificate or other document so returned, if and when required. The records maintained by the Bank pursuant to this paragraph which have not been previously delivered to the Customer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be considered to be the property of the Customer, shall be made available upon request for inspection by the Officers, employees and auditors of the Customer, and shall be delivered to the Customer upon request and in any event upon the date of termination of this Agreement, as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in the form and manner kept by the Bank on such date of termination or such earlier date as may be requested by the Customer.
     4. The Bank may employ agents or attorneys-in-fact at the expense of the Customer, and shall not be liable for any loss or expense arising out of, or in connection with, the actions or omissions to act of its agents or attorneys-in-fact, so long as the Bank acts in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the selection of such agents or attorney’s-in-fact.


 

-10-

     5. The Bank shall only be liable to the Customer for any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of its own negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct; provided however that the Bank’s aggregate liability during any annual term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from or in connection with this Agreement or as a result of any services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement whether in contract or tort or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (i) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to the Bank as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the event for which the recovery from the Bank is being sought which arises out of the Bank’s negligence; and (ii) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to the Bank as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which the recovery from the Bank is being sought which arises out of the Bank’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. For avoidance of doubt, an “annual term” for the purposes of this paragraph shall be the date of the execution of this Agreement to the first anniversary thereof and then from each anniversary of the execution of this Agreement to the next anniversary thereafter.
     6. The Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees, which the Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank except for any liability which the Bank has assumed pursuant to the immediately preceding section. The Bank shall be deemed not to have acted with negligence and not to have engaged in willful misconduct by reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank without its own negligence or willful misconduct in reliance upon (i) any provision of this Agreement, (ii) any instrument, order or Share certificate reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, countersigned or executed by any duly authorized Officer of the Customer, (iii) any Certificate or other written or oral instructions of an Officer of the Customer reasonably believed by it to be genuine, (iv) any opinion of legal counsel for the Customer addressed to the Bank or the Bank, or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. Nothing contained herein shall limit or in any way impair the right of the Bank to indemnification under any provision of this Agreement.
     7. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees, of any and every nature which the


 

-11-

Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank in connection with the genuineness of a Share certificate, the Bank’s due authorization by the Customer to issue Shares and the form and amount of authorized Shares.
     8. The Bank shall not incur any liability hereunder if by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, it, or its employees, officers or directors shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed or by reason of any nonperformance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed.
     9. At any time the Bank may apply to an Officer of the Customer for written instructions with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Bank’s duties and obligations under this Agreement, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank in good faith in accordance with such instructions. Such application by the Bank for instructions from an Officer of the Customer may, at the option of the Bank, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank with respect to its duties or obligations under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified therein unless, prior to taking or omitting to take any such action, the Bank has received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. The Bank may consult counsel to the Customer or its own counsel, and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
     10. When mail is used for delivery of non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which does not exceed the limits of the Bank’s Blanket Bond, the Bank shall send such non-negotiable Share certificates by first class mail, and such deliveries will be covered while in transit by the Bank’s Blanket Bond. Non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which exceed the limits of the Bank’s Blanket Bond, will be sent by insured registered mail. Negotiable Share certificates will be sent by insured registered mail. The Bank shall advise the Customer of any Share certificates returned as undeliverable after being mailed as herein provided for.
     11. The Bank may issue new Share certificates in place of Share certificates represented to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receiving instructions in writing from an Officer and indemnity satisfactory to the Bank. Such instructions from the Customer shall be in such form as approved by the Board of


 

-12-

Trustees of the Customer in accordance with applicable law or the By-Laws of the Customer governing such matters. If the Bank receives written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Bank shall promptly notify the Customer and shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. If the Customer receives such written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Customer shall promptly notify the Bank and the Bank shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. The Bank shall not be liable for any act done or omitted by it pursuant to the written instructions described herein. The Bank may issue new Share certificates in exchange for, and upon surrender of, mutilated Share certificates.
     12. The Bank will issue and mail subscription warrants for Shares, Shares representing stock dividends, exchanges or splits, or act as conversion agent upon receiving written instructions from an Officer and such other documents as the Bank may deem necessary.
     13. The Bank will supply shareholder lists to the Customer from time to time upon receiving a request therefore from an Officer of the Customer.
     14. Bank shall promptly send to Customer annually the Bank’s most recent SAS 70 Report, addressing the stock transfer area.
     15. The Bank agrees that it will not disclose or use any “non-public personal information” about the Customer’s shareholders (a “Shareholder”) other than such uses or disclosures which are necessary to permit the Bank to carry out its duties under this Agreement, or are otherwise required by the Bank in compliance with any law or regulation, an investigation or in response to judicial process, including as set forth in Section 16 below. “Non-public personal information’ about a shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of consumers that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available; and (iii) any other information that the Bank is prohibited from using or disclosing pursuant to Regulation S-P under the Section 504 of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.
     16. In the event that any requests or demands are made for the inspection of the Shareholder records, other than request for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g. in divorce and criminal actions), the Bank will endeavor to notify the Customer and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Customer as to such inspection. The Bank expressly reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for


 

-13-

the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person or if required by law or court order.
     17. The Bank and the Customer agree that they will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person, firm, corporation or other business organization, any customers’ list, trade secrets, or any other secret or confidential information whatsoever identified as confidential, whether of the Bank or of the Customer, used or gained by the Bank or the Customer during performance under this Agreement. The Customer and the Bank further covenant and agree to retain all such knowledge and information acquired during and after the term of this Agreement respecting such lists, trade secrets, or any secret or confidential information whatsoever in trust for the sole benefit of the Bank or the Customer and their successors and assigns. The above prohibition of disclosure shall not apply to the extent that the Bank must disclose such data to its sub-contractor or agents for purposes of providing services under this Agreement. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall not limit any revelation, divulging or making known by the Bank of any information which becomes public information or which the Bank possessed prior to the execution of this Agreement, developed independently, or obtained from a third party.
     18. All records maintained and preserved by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement which the Customer is required to maintain and preserve in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder shall be and remain the property of the Customer and shall be surrendered to the Customer promptly upon request in the form in which such records have been maintained and preserved. Upon reasonable request of the Customer, the Bank shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc, whichever the Bank shall elect, any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by the Bank on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained, and the Customer shall reimburse the Bank for its expenses of providing such hard copy or micro film.
     19. At the request of an Officer, the Bank will address and mail such appropriate notices to shareholders as the Customer may direct.
     20. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall be under no duty or obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
  (a)   The legality of the issue, sale or transfer of any Shares, the sufficiency of the amount to be received in connection therewith, or the authority of the Customer to request such issuance, sale or transfer;
 
  (b)   The legality of the purchase of any Shares, the sufficiency of the amount to be paid in connection therewith, or the authority of the Customer to request such purchase;


 

-14-

  (c)   The legality of the declaration of any dividend by the Customer, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of any dividend; or
 
  (d)   The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment of the Shares.
     21. The Bank shall be entitled to receive and the Customer hereby agrees to pay to the Bank for its performance hereunder (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and its performance hereunder, and (ii) the compensation for services as set forth in Schedule I.
     22. The Bank shall not be responsible for any money, whether or not represented by any check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, received by it on behalf of the Customer, until the Bank actually receives and collects such funds.
     23. The Bank shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against the Bank in connection with this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
     Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than 30 days after the date of receipt of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Customer, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Customer, certified by its Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the event such notice is given by the Bank, the Customer shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Trustees certified by its Secretary designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the absence of such designation by the Customer, the Bank may designate a successor transfer agent. If the Customer fails to designate a successor transfer agent and if the Bank is unable to find a successor transfer agent, the Customer shall, upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and delivery of the records maintained hereunder, be deemed to be its own transfer agent and the Bank shall thereafter be relieved of all duties and responsibilities hereunder. Upon termination hereof, the Customer shall pay to the Bank such compensation as may be due to the Bank as of the date of such termination, and


 

-15-

shall reimburse the Bank for any disbursements and expenses made or incurred by the Bank and payable or reimbursable hereunder.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     1. The indemnities contained herein shall be continuing obligations of the Customer, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
     2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Customer shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Customer and mailed or delivered to it at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, or at such other place as the Customer may from time to time designate in writing.
     3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Bank shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Bank and mailed or delivered to it at its office at 480 Washington Blvd, Jersey City, NJ 07310 or at such other place as the Bank may from time to time designate in writing.
     4. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement duly authorized and executed by both parties. Any duly authorized Officer may amend any Certificate naming Officers authorized to execute and deliver Certificates, instructions, notices or other instruments, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may amend any Certificate listing the Shares.
     5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party; and provided, further, that any reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets, by the Bank shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement.
     6. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that, all actions and proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in a New York State Court in the County of New York and that, in connection with any such action or proceeding, submit to the jurisdiction of, and venue in, such court. Each of the parties hereto also irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


 

-16-

     7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original; but such counterparts, together, shall constitute only one instrument.
     8. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Bank and the Customer, and no rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement.


 

-17-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective corporate officers, thereunto duly authorized and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed, as of the day and year first above written.
                 
Attest:       BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust    
 
               
/s/ Brendan Kyne
      By:   /s/ Neal Andrews    
 
Name: Brendan Kyne
      Name:  
Neal Andrews
   
Title: Vice President
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
Attest:       THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON    
 
               
/s/
      By:   /s/    
 
Name: Authorized Signatory
      Name:  
Authorized Signatory
   
Title:
      Title:  
 
   
 
               


 

 

SCHEDULE I


 

 

(LOGO)
 
STOCK TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
between
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
Dated as of October 6, 2011
 

 

Exhibit (k)(2)
ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of October 12, 2011 by and between BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC., a Massachusetts corporation (“BNY MELLON”), and BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.
BACKGROUND
     A. The Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
     B. The Fund wishes to retain BNY Mellon to provide administration and accounting services to the Fund and BNY Mellon wishes to furnish such services.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Appointment . The Fund hereby appoints BNY Mellon to provide administration and accounting services in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement. BNY Mellon accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such services. BNY Mellon shall be under no duty to take any action hereunder on behalf of the Fund except as specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically agreed to by BNY Mellon and the Fund in a written amendment hereto. BNY Mellon shall not bear, or otherwise be responsible for, any fees, costs or expenses charged by any third party service providers engaged by the Fund or by any other third party service provider to the Fund.
2. Compliance with Laws . In performing its duties as described herein, BNY Mellon will (i) act in a manner not inconsistent with the Fund’s most recent Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and all amendments and supplements thereto (as presently in effect and as from time to time amended and supplemented) and resolutions of the Fund’s Board of Trustees of which BNY Mellon is informed by the Fund and (ii) comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Laws and of any other laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the duties to be performed by BNY Mellon hereunder. Except as specifically set forth herein, BNY Mellon assumes no responsibility for compliance by the Fund or any other entity.
3. Instructions .
     (a) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, BNY Mellon shall act only upon Oral Instructions or Written Instructions.
     (b) BNY Mellon shall be entitled to rely upon any Oral Instruction or Written Instruction it receives from an Authorized Person (or from a person reasonably believed by BNY Mellon to be an Authorized Person) pursuant to this Agreement. BNY Mellon may assume that any Oral Instruction or Written Instruction received hereunder is not in any way

 


 

inconsistent with the provisions of organizational documents or this Agreement or of any vote, resolution or proceeding of the Fund’s Board of Directors or Trustees or of the Fund’s shareholders, unless and until BNY Mellon receives Written Instructions to the contrary.
     (c) The Fund agrees to forward to BNY Mellon Written Instructions confirming Oral Instructions (except where such Oral Instructions are given by BNY Mellon or its affiliates) so that BNY Mellon receives the Written Instructions by the close of business on the same day that such Oral Instructions are received. The fact that such confirming Written Instructions are not received by BNY Mellon or differ from the Oral Instructions shall in no way invalidate the transactions or enforceability of the transactions authorized by the Oral Instructions or BNY Mellon’s ability to rely upon such Oral Instructions.
4. Right to Receive Advice .
     (a)  Advice of the Fund . If BNY Mellon is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, BNY Mellon may request directions or advice, including Oral Instructions or Written Instructions, from the Fund.
     (b)  Advice of Counsel . If BNY Mellon shall be in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, BNY Mellon may request advice from counsel of its own choosing (who may be counsel for the Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser or BNY Mellon, at the option of BNY Mellon).
     (c)  Conflicting_Advice . In the event of a conflict between directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions BNY Mellon receives from the Fund and the advice BNY Mellon receives from counsel, BNY Mellon may rely upon and follow the advice of counsel; provided that BNY Mellon shall promptly notify the Fund in writing of its decision.
     (d)  No Obligation to Seek Advice . Nothing in this section shall be construed so as to impose an obligation upon BNY Mellon (i) to seek such directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions, or (ii) to act in accordance with such directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions.
5. Records; Visits .
     (a) The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in the possession or under the control of BNY Mellon shall be the property of the Fund. The Fund and Authorized Persons shall have access to such books and records at all times during BNY Mellon’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by BNY Mellon to the Fund or to an Authorized Person, at the Fund’s expense.
     (b) BNY Mellon shall keep the following records:

 


 

  (i)   all books and records with respect to the Fund’s books of account;
 
  (ii)   records of the Fund’s securities transactions; and
 
  (iii)   all other books and records as BNY Mellon is required to maintain pursuant to Rule 31a-1 of the 1940 Act in connection with the services provided hereunder.
6. Confidentiality . Each party shall keep confidential any information relating to the other party’s business (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall include (a) any data or information that is competitively sensitive material, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information about portfolio composition, product plans, marketing strategies, finances, operations, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of the Fund or BNY Mellon, their respective subsidiaries and affiliated companies; (b) any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable and secret in the sense that its confidentiality affords the Fund or BNY Mellon a competitive advantage over its competitors; all confidential or proprietary concepts, documentation, reports, data, specifications, computer software, source code, object code, flow charts, databases, inventions, know-how, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or copyrightable; and (d) anything designated as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information shall not be Confidential Information and shall not be subject to such confidentiality obligations if it: (a) is already known to the receiving party at the time it is obtained; (b) is or becomes publicly known or available through no wrongful act of the receiving party; (c) is rightfully received from a third party who, to the best of the receiving party’s knowledge, is not under a duty of confidentiality; (d) is released by the protected party to a third party without restriction; (e) is requested or required to be disclosed by the receiving party pursuant to a court order, subpoena, governmental or regulatory agency request or law; (f) is relevant to the defense of any claim or cause of action asserted against the receiving party; (g) it is Fund information provided by BNY Mellon in connection with an independent third party compliance or other review; h) is necessary or desirable for BNY Mellon to release such information in connection with the provision of services under this Agreement; or (i) has been or is independently developed or obtained by the receiving party. The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of three years after such termination.
7. Liaison with Accountants . BNY Mellon shall act as liaison with the Fund’s independent public accountants and shall provide account analyses, fiscal year summaries, and other audit-related schedules with respect to the Fund. BNY Mellon shall take all reasonable action in the performance of its duties under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion, as required by the Fund.
8. BNY Mellon System . BNY Mellon shall retain title to and ownership of any and all data bases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, derivative works, inventions, discoveries, patentable or copyrightable matters, concepts, expertise, patents,

 


 

copyrights, trade secrets, and other related legal rights utilized by BNY Mellon in connection with the services provided by BNY Mellon to the Fund.
9. Disaster Recovery . BNY Mellon shall enter into and shall maintain in effect with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. In the event of equipment failures, BNY Mellon shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. BNY Mellon shall have no liability with respect to the loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure, provided such loss or interruption is not caused by BNY Mellon’s own willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence with respect to its duties under this Agreement.
10. Compensation .
     (a) As compensation for services rendered by BNY Mellon during the term of this Agreement, the Fund will pay to BNY Mellon a fee or fees as may be agreed to in writing by the Fund and BNY Mellon.
     (b) The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to BNY Mellon that (i) the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the fees and expenses associated with this Agreement, and (iii) any benefits accruing to BNY Mellon or to the adviser or sponsor to the Fund in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to any fee waivers, conversion cost reimbursements, up front payments, signing payments or periodic payments made or to be made by BNY Mellon to such adviser or sponsor or any affiliate of the Fund relating to this Agreement have been fully disclosed to the Board of Directors or Trustees of the Fund and that, if required by applicable law, such Board of Directors or Trustees has approved or will approve the terms of this Agreement, any such fees and expenses, and any such benefits.
11. Standard of Care/Limitation of Liability .
     (a) BNY Mellon shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care and diligence in the performance of its duties hereunder and to act in good faith in performing services provided for under this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Section 11, BNY Mellon shall be liable to the Fund (or any person or entity claiming through the Fund) for damages only to the extent caused by BNY Mellon’s breach of this Agreement or its own willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence with respect to its duties under this Agreement (“Standard of Care”).
     (b) BNY Mellon shall not be liable for damages (including without limitation damages caused by delays, failure, errors, interruption or loss of data) occurring directly or indirectly by reason of circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation acts of God; action or inaction of civil or military authority; national emergencies; public enemy; war; terrorism; riot; fire; flood; catastrophe; sabotage; epidemics; labor disputes; civil commotion; interruption, loss or malfunction of utilities, transportation, computer or communications capabilities; insurrection; elements of nature;

 


 

non-performance by a third party; failure of the mails; or functions or malfunctions of the internet, firewalls, encryption systems or security devices caused by any of the above.
     (c) BNY Mellon shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into and shall not be liable for the validity or invalidity, authority or lack thereof, or truthfulness or accuracy or lack thereof, of any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information which BNY Mellon reasonably believes to be genuine. BNY Mellon shall not be liable for any damages that are caused by actions or omissions taken by BNY Mellon in accordance with Written Instructions or advice of counsel. BNY Mellon shall not be liable for any damages arising out of any action or omission to act by any prior service provider of the Fund or for any failure to discover any such error or omission.
     (d) Neither BNY Mellon nor its affiliates shall be liable for any consequential, incidental, exemplary, punitive, special or indirect damages, whether or not the likelihood of such damages was known by BNY Mellon or its affiliates.
     (e) Each party shall have a duty to mitigate damages for which the other party may become responsible.
     (f) This Section 11 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
12. Indemnification .
     (a) Absent BNY Mellon’s failure to meet its Standard of Care (defined in Section 11(a) above) or BNY Mellon’s breach of this Agreement, the Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless BNY Mellon and its affiliates and their respective directors, trustees, officers, agents and employees from all claims, suits, actions, damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, costs and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs, travel costs and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs related to dispute resolution) arising directly or indirectly from: (a) any action or omission to act by any prior service provider of the Fund; and (b) any action taken or omitted to be taken by BNY Mellon in connection with the provision of services to the Fund.
     (b) BNY Mellon agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Fund and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors and employees, from all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under the Securities Laws and any state and foreign securities and blue sky laws) arising directly or indirectly out of BNY Mellon’s breach of this Agreement or of its Standard of Care (defined in Section 11(a) above) in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
     (c) This Section 12 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
13. Description of Accounting Services on a Continuous Basis . BNY Mellon will perform the following accounting services with respect to the Fund:
  (i)   Journalize investment, capital share and income and expense activities;

 


 

  (ii)   Verify investment buy/sell trade tickets when received from the investment adviser for the Fund (the “Adviser”) and transmit trades to the Fund’s custodian (the “Custodian”) for proper settlement;
 
  (iii)   Maintain individual ledgers for investment securities;
 
  (iv)   Maintain historical tax lots for each security;
 
  (v)   Reconcile cash and investment balances of the Fund with the Custodian, and provide the Adviser with the beginning cash balance available for investment purposes;
 
  (vi)   Post to and prepare the Statement of Assets and Liabilities and the Statement of Operations;
 
  (vii)   Calculate various contractual expenses (e.g., advisory and custody fees);
 
  (viii)   Monitor the expense accruals and notify an officer of the Fund of any proposed adjustments;
 
  (ix)   Control all disbursements and authorize such disbursements upon Written Instructions;
 
  (x)   Calculate capital gains and losses;
 
  (xi)   Determine net income;
 
  (xii)   Obtain security market quotes and currency exchange rates from independent pricing sources approved by the Adviser, of if such quotes or rates are unavailable, then obtain the same from the Adviser, and in either case calculate the market value of the Fund’s investments in accordance with the Fund’s valuation policies or guidelines; provided, however, that BNY Mellon shall not under any circumstances be under a duty to independently price or value any of the Fund’s investments itself or to confirm or validate any information or valuation provided by the Adviser or any other pricing source, nor shall BNY Mellon have any liability relating to inaccuracies or otherwise with respect to such information or valuations; and
 
  (xiii)   Compute net asset value.
      14.  Description of Administration Services on a Continuous Basis . BNY Mellon will perform the following administration services with respect to the Fund:

 


 

  (i)   Prepare quarterly broker security transactions summaries;
 
  (ii)   Prepare monthly security transaction listings;
 
  (iii)   Supply various normal and customary Fund statistical data as requested on an ongoing basis;
 
  (iv)   -Prepare and file the Fund’s Semi-Annual Reports with the SEC on Form N-SAR;
 
  (v)   Prepare and file with the SEC the Fund’s annual, semi-annual, and quarterly shareholder reports;
 
  (vi)   Assist in the preparation of registration statements and other filings relating to the registration of Shares;
 
  (vii)   Monitor the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under Sub-chapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and
 
  (viii)   Coordinate contractual relationships and communications between the Fund and its BNY Mellon affiliated contractual service providers.
    All documents filed with the SEC are subject to the review and approval of Fund counsel.
15. Duration and Termination .
     This Agreement shall continue in effect as between BNY Mellon and the Fund for a term of three years commencing as of the date hereof, and at the end of such three-year period shall automatically continue as between the Fund and BNY Mellon for successive one-year terms, provided , that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (“Board”) shall review this Agreement from time to time in reference to the terms and conditions specifically set forth below in clause (i)(A)-(C) of this Section 15. Notwithstanding the above, this Agreement may be terminated as between the Fund and BNY Mellon:
     (i) during the first three years, without the payment of any penalty for such termination:
          (A) by the Fund, on ninety (90) days prior written notice to BNY Mellon, as may be required by and consistent with the Board’s fiduciary obligations under the 1940 Act in connection with any annual review; however, in connection with such review of this Agreement by the Board, the Board acknowledges the fees to be received by BNY Mellon are fair and reasonable for a three-year term; or
          (B) by the Fund, on sixty (60) days prior written notice to BNY Mellon, if BNY Mellon is in material breach of this Agreement and BNY Mellon has

 


 

not remedied such breach within such sixty (60) day period; or
          (C) by the Fund, on sixty (60) days prior written notice to BNY Mellon, if BNY Mellon:
  (1)   enters into a transaction that would result in a change of control of greater than 50% of the beneficial ownership of the shares of beneficial interest of BNY Mellon, other than any such change of control where the Board determines the successor entity has similar financial standing and ability to provide services hereunder as BNY Mellon; or
 
  (2)   files a petition for bankruptcy, or another comparable filing by BNY Mellon has occurred; or
 
  (3)   has a materially impaired financial condition; or
 
  (4)   has a significant regulatory problem or is the subject of a significant regulatory investigation; and
          in the case of subsections (1) through (4) above, the Board determines in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations under the 1940 Act that such event materially impairs BNY Mellon’s ability to perform its duties under this Agreement; or
          (D) by BNY Mellon, on one hundred fifty (150) days prior written notice to the Fund, if the Fund is in material breach of the Agreement; and
     (ii) at any time after the first three years, without the payment of any penalty, on ninety (90) days prior written notice by the Fund to BNY Mellon or on one hundred fifty (150) days prior written notice by BNY Mellon to the Fund.
     In the event of termination of this Agreement as between the Fund and BNY Mellon by the Fund pursuant to subsections (i)(A) or (ii) of this Section 15, or by BNY Mellon after a material breach of this Agreement by the Fund, all expenses (which shall not be deemed a penalty) associated with the movement (or duplication) of records and materials, deconversion or conversion to a successor administrator or other service provider incurred by BNY Mellon, will be borne by the Fund.
     During the first three years commencing as of the date hereof, BlackRock Advisors, LLC will not recommend termination of this Agreement as between the Fund and BNY Mellon, provided such action or inaction by BlackRock Advisors, LLC is not contrary to its fiduciary obligations to the Fund.
16. Notices . Notices shall be addressed (a) if to BNY Mellon, at 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, Attention: President (or such other address as BNY Mellon may inform the Fund in writing); (b) if to the Fund, at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, Attention: Neal Andrews, Chief Financial Officer (or such

 


 

other address as the Fund may inform BNY Mellon in writing) or (c) if to neither of the foregoing, at such other address as shall have been given by like notice to the sender of any such notice or other communication by the other party. If notice is sent by confirming telegram, cable, telex or facsimile sending device, it shall be deemed to have been given immediately. If notice is sent by first-class mail, it shall be deemed to have been given three days after it has been mailed. If notice is sent by messenger, it shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered.
17. Amendments . This Agreement, or any term thereof, may be changed or waived only by written amendment, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change or waiver is sought.
18. Assignment . BNY Mellon may assign this Agreement and/or its rights hereunder to any majority owned direct or indirect subsidiary affiliate of BNY Mellon, provided that BNY Mellon provides the Fund with sixty (60) days prior written notice of any such assignment.
19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
20. Further Actions . Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof.
21. Miscellaneous .
     (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Fund agrees not to make any modifications to its registration statement or adopt any policies which would affect materially the obligations or responsibilities of BNY Mellon hereunder without the prior written approval of BNY Mellon, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The scope of services to be provided by BNY Mellon under this Agreement shall not be increased as a result of new or revised regulatory or other requirements that may become applicable with respect to the Fund, unless the parties hereto expressly agree in writing to any such increase.
     (b) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, BNY Mellon hereby disclaims all representations and warranties, express or implied, made to the Fund or any other person, including, without limitation, any warranties regarding quality, suitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise (irrespective of any course of dealing, custom or usage of trade), of any services or any goods provided incidental to services provided under this Agreement. BNY Mellon disclaims any warranty of title or non-infringement except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.
     (c) This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject

 


 

matter hereof, provided that the parties may embody in one or more separate documents their agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. Notwithstanding any provision hereof, the services of BNY Mellon are not, nor shall they be, construed as constituting legal advice or the provision of legal services for or on behalf of the Fund or any other person. Neither this Agreement nor the provision of services under this Agreement establishes or is intended to establish an attorney- client relationship between the Fund and BNY Mellon.
     (d) The Fund will provide such information and documentation as BNY Mellon may reasonably request in connection with services provided by BNY Mellon to the Fund.
     (e) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made in New York and governed by New York law, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
     (f) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as may be explicitly stated in this Agreement, (i) this Agreement is not for the benefit of any other person or entity and (ii) there shall be no third party beneficiaries hereof.
     (g) The facsimile signature of any party to this Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
     (h) To help the U.S. government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, U.S. Federal law requires each financial institution to obtain, verify, and record certain information that identifies each person who initially opens an account with that financial institution on or after October 1, 2003. Certain of BNY Mellon’s affiliates are financial institutions, and BNY Mellon may, as a matter of policy, request (or may have already requested) the Fund’s name, address and taxpayer identification number or other government issued identification number, and, if such party is a natural person, that party’s date of birth. BNY Mellon may also ask (and may have already asked) for additional identifying information, and BNY Mellon may take steps (and may have already taken steps) to verify the authenticity and accuracy of these data elements.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
    BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Healy
 
       
 
  Name:   Christopher Healy
 
  Title:   Managing Director
 
       
    BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Neal J. Andrews
 
       
 
  Name:   Neal J. Andrews
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 


 

APPENDIX A
Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
  (a)   1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
  (b)   1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
  (c)   Authorized Person ” means any officer of the Fund and any other person duly authorized by the Funds Board of Trustees to give Oral Instructions or Written Instructions on behalf of the Fund. An Authorized Person’s scope of authority may be limited by setting forth such limitation in a written document signed by both parties hereto.
 
  (d)   Oral Instructions ” mean oral instructions received by BNY Mellon from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by BNY Mellon to be an Authorized Person. BNY Mellon may, in its sole discretion in each separate instance, consider and rely upon instructions it receives from an Authorized Person via electronic mail as Oral Instructions.
 
  (e)   SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
  (f)   Securities Laws ” means the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act.
 
  (g)   Shares ” means the shares of beneficial interest of any series or class of the Fund.
 
  (h)   Written Instructions ” mean (i) written instructions signed by an Authorized Person (or a person reasonably believed by BNY Mellon to be an Authorized Person) and received by BNY Mellon or (ii) trade instructions transmitted (and received by BNY Mellon by means of an electronic transaction reporting system access to which requires use of a password or other authorized identifier. The instructions may be delivered electronically (with respect to sub-item (ii) above or by hand, mail, tested telegram, cable, telex or facsimile sending device.

 

Exhibit (l)
[Letterhead of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]
November 21, 2011
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
Re:   BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust —
Registration Statement on Form N-2
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special counsel to BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a statutory trust (the “Trust”) created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Trust of up to 18,750,000 shares (including shares subject to an over-allotment option) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”).
     This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 25 of the Form N-2 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”).
     In connection with this opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of:
     (i) the notification of registration on Form N-8A (File No. 811-22606) of the Trust (the “1940 Act Notification”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the 1940 Act on September 2, 2011;
     (ii) the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-176661 and 811-22606) of the Trust relating to the Common Shares filed with the Commission on September 2, 2011 under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act, and as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on October 11, 2011, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 on October 26, 2011 and as proposed to be amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 on the date hereof (such Registration Statement, as so amended and proposed to be amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”);

 


 

BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
November 21, 2011
Page 2
     (iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) proposed to be entered into between the Trust, as issuer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, as investment advisor to the Trust, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment sub-advisor to the Trust, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, as investment sub-advisor to the Trust, and the representatives of the several Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;
     (iv) a copy of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust, as certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;
     (v) a copy of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of August 25, 2011 (the “Declaration”), as certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Trust;
     (vi) a copy of the Trust’s By-Laws, as currently in effect (the “By-Laws”), as certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Trust; and
     (vii) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the creation, issuance and sale of the Common Shares and related matters, as certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Trust.
     We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions stated below.
     In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures including endorsements, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to any facts relevant to the opinions stated herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others and of public officials.
     In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Trust, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. We have also assumed that the Underwriting Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us and that if a holder of Common Shares requests a certificate representing such holder’s Common Shares, such certificate will have been signed manually or by facsimile by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar.

2


 

BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
November 21, 2011
Page 3
     Members of our firm are admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware and we do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.
     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement has been duly executed and delivered; and (iii) the Common Shares have been delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Common Shares will have been duly authorized, and the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8 of the Declaration).
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Opinions” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

3

Exhibit (n)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-176661 on Form N-2 of our report dated October 24, 2011 relating to the financial statements of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust as of October 12, 2011 and for the period from August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011, appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
November 21, 2011